276 Request Transaction Set Listing

008020X329 Health Care Claim Status Request and Response
Usage
Repeats

ISA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL HEADER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Header
X12 Purpose:
To start and identify an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. For compliant implementations under this implementation guide, ISA13, the interchange Control Number, must be a positive unsigned number. Therefore, the ISA segment can be considered a fixed record length segment.
  2. The first element separator defines the element separator to be used through the entire interchange.
  3. Spaces in the example interchanges are represented by "." for clarity.
  4. The ISA segment terminator defines the segment terminator used throughout the entire interchange.
  5. All positions within each of the data elements must be filled.
TR3 Example:
ISA✱00✱..........✱01✱SECRET....✱ZZ✱SENDERS.ID.....✱ZZ✱RECEIVERS.ID...✱030101✱1253✱^✱00802✱000000905✱0✱T✱:~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I01
Authorization Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Authorization Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Authorization Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I02)
03
Additional Data Identification
Required
2
I02
Authorization Information
M 1
AN
10
Information used for additional identification or authorization of the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Authorization Information Qualifier (I01)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
3
I03
Security Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Security Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Security Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I04)
01
Password
Required
4
I04
Security Information
M 1
AN
10
This is used for identifying the security information about the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Security Information Qualifier (I03)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
5
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Sender in ISA06.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
6
I06
Interchange Sender ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the sender for other parties to use as the receiver ID to route data to them; the sender always codes this value in the sender ID element
Required
7
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Receiver in ISA08.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
8
I07
Interchange Receiver ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the receiver of the data; When sending, it is used by the sender as their sending ID, thus other parties sending to them will use this as a receiving ID to route data to them
Required
9
I08
Interchange Date
M 1
DT
6
Date of the interchange
The date format is YYMMDD.
Required
10
I09
Interchange Time
M 1
TM
4
Time of the interchange
The time format is HHMM.
Required
11
I65
Repetition Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the repetition separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate repeated occurrences of a simple data element or a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator, component element separator, and the segment terminator
Required
12
I11
Interchange Control Version Number Code
M 1
ID
5
Code specifying the version number of the interchange control segments, the version of the data elements within the control segments, and the code values within those data elements.
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Control Version Number
CODE
DEFINITION
00802
00802 Standards Approved for Publication by ASC X12 Procedures Review Board through December 2020
Required
13
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
  1. The Interchange Control Number, ISA13, must be identical to the associated Interchange Trailer IEA02.
  2. Must be a positive unsigned number and must be identical to the value in IEA02.
Required
14
I13
Acknowledgment Requested Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating sender's request for an interchange acknowledgment
INDUSTRY NAME: Acknowledgment Requested
X12.5 - Interchange Control Structure provides the purpose of the TA1 segment. The X12 Acknowledgment Reference Model provides considerable information about the TA1 segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Interchange Acknowledgment Requested
Use when the interchange contains ONLY acknowledgment Functional Groups (e.g. 999 or 824) or a TA1.
1
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested (TA1)
Use when batch process requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange.
2
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors"
Use when the transaction is for real-time processing.
3
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors" or "Accepted but Errors are Noted"
Use when batch processing requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange only when errors are noted.
Required
15
I14
Interchange Usage Indicator Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating whether data enclosed by this interchange envelope is test, production or information
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Usage Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
I
Information
Use when the interchange contains ONLY a TA1.
P
Production Data
T
Test Data
Required
16
I15
Component Element Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the component element separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate component data elements within a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator and the segment terminator

GS*HR - FUNCTIONAL GROUP HEADER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the beginning of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
A functional group of related transaction sets, within the scope of X12 standards, consists of a collection of similar transaction sets enclosed by a functional group header and a functional group trailer.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GS✱XX✱SENDER CODE✱RECEIVER CODE✱19991231✱0802✱1✱X✱008020X329~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
479
Functional Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets
This is the 2-character Functional Identifier Code assigned to each transaction set by X12. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE
DEFINITION
HR
Health Care Claim Status Request (276)HN   Health Care Information Status Notification (277)
Required
2
142
Application Sender's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party sending transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit sending the information.
Required
3
124
Application Receiver's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party receiving transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit receiving the information.
Required
4
373
Date
M 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: GS04 is the group date.
Use this date for the functional group creation date.
Required
5
337
Time
M 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: GS05 is the group time.
Use this time for the creation time. The recommended format is HHMM.
Required
6
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GS06 in this header must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group trailer, GE02.
For implementations compliant with this guide, GS06 must be unique within a single transmission (that is, within a single ISA to IEA enveloping structure). The authors recommend that GS06 be unique within all transmissions over a period of time to be determined by the sender.
Required
7
455
Responsible Agency Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the issuer of the standard; this code is used in conjunction with Data Element 480
CODE
DEFINITION
X
Accredited Standards Committee X12
Required
8
480
Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
M 1
AN
1/12
Code indicating the version, release, subrelease, and industry identifier of the EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the version number; positions 4-6 are the release and subrelease, level of the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment is T, then other formats are allowed
INDUSTRY NAME: Version, Release, or Industry Identifier Code
This is the unique Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code assigned to an implementation by X12N. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE SOURCE 881: Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X329
Health Care Claim Status Request and Response

ST*276 - TRANSACTION SET HEADER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
ST✱276✱0002✱008020X329~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
143
Transaction Set Identifier Code
M 1
ID
3
Code identifying a Transaction Set
SEMANTIC: The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
CODE
DEFINITION
276
Health Care Claim Status Request
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Numbers in ST02 and SE02 must be identical and must be a numeric value. The number (i.e. numeric value) is assigned by the originator and must be unique within a functional group (GS-GE). For example, start with the numeric value 0001 and increment from there. The Transaction Set Control Number also aids in error resolution research.
Required
3
1705
Implementation Convention Reference
O 1
AN
1/35
Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
SEMANTIC: The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
INDUSTRY NAME: Version, Release, or Industry Identifier
  1. This element must be populated with the implementation guide Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code named in Section 1.2.
  2. This element contains the same value as GS08. Some translator products strip off the ISA and GS segments prior to application (ST/SE) processing. Providing the information from the GS08 at this level will ensure that the appropriate application mapping is utilized at translation time.
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X329
Health Care Claim Status Request and Response

BHT*0010 - BEGINNING OF HIERARCHICAL TRANSACTION

X12 Name:
Beginning of Hierarchical Transaction
X12 Purpose:
To define the business hierarchical structure of the transaction set and identify the business application purpose and reference data, i.e., number, date, and time
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
BHT✱0010✱13✱ABC276XXX✱20220920✱1425~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1005
Hierarchical Structure Code
M 1
ID
4
Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set
Used to specify the sequential order of HL segments. The HL loops in the data stream must comply with this sequential order. An HL parent loop must be followed by any subordinate child loops prior to commencing a new HL parent loop at the same hierarchical level.
CODE
DEFINITION
0010
Information Source, Information Receiver, Provider of Service, Subscriber, Dependent
Required
2
353
Transaction Set Purpose Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying purpose of transaction set
CODE
DEFINITION
13
Request
Required
3
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: BHT03 is the number assigned by the originator to identify the transaction within the originator's business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Originator Application Transaction Identifier
  1. This element is to be used to trace the transaction from one point to the next point, such as when the transaction is passed from one clearinghouse to another clearinghouse.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
4
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: BHT04 is the date the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Date
Required
5
337
Time
O 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: BHT05 is the time the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Time
Situational
6
640
Transaction Type Code
O 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of transaction
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the request is for status on a predetermination of benefits. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
P5
Predetermination - Medical
Use when the transaction is for a medical related predetermination (Professional or Institutional).
P6
Predetermination - Dental

HL - INFORMATION SOURCE LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This entity is the payer who has the current status information for the specified claims.
TR3 Example:
HL✱1✱✱20✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Not Used
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
20
Information Source
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*PR - PAYER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱PR✱2✱ABC INSURANCE CO✱✱✱✱✱XV✱11122333~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
PR
Payer
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Non-Person Entity
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Name
Not Used
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
PI
Payor Identification
Use when reporting the payer identification number established through trading partner agreement.
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Use when reporting Health Plan ID (HPID) or Other Entity Identifier (OEID).
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

HL - INFORMATION RECEIVER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This entity expects a response from the Information Source. See Section 1.4.2 Transaction Participants for more information on the Information Receiver.
TR3 Example:
HL✱2✱1✱21✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
21
Information Receiver
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*41 - INFORMATION RECEIVER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱41✱2✱ABC SUBMITTER✱✱✱✱✱46✱999999999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
41
Submitter
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the identifier in NM109 is not sufficient for identification. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the value in NM102 = 1 and the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Identification Number
The ETIN is established through Trading Partner agreement.
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

HL - SERVICE PROVIDER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This entity delivered the health care service. See Section 1.4.2 Transaction Participants for more information on the Provider.
TR3 Example:
HL✱3✱2✱19✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
19
Provider of Service
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*1P - PROVIDER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
Provider of Service is generic in that this could be the entity that originally submitted the claim (Billing Provider) or may be the entity that provided or participated in some aspect of the health care (Rendering Provider). The provider identified facilitates identification of the claim within a payer's system.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱1P✱2✱HOME MEDICAL✱✱✱✱✱XX✱1666666666~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1P
Provider
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the identifier in NM109 is not sufficient for identification. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the value in NM102 = 1 and the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a name suffix that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Name Suffix
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
SV
Service Provider Number
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

HL - SUBSCRIBER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the patient is the subscriber or a dependent with a unique identification number, the claim status request information is reflected in the 2200D Loop under the Subscriber HL, 2000D Loop (HL03 = 22). The Dependent HL, 2000E Loop is not used. See Section 1.4.2.1 for more information on defining the patient.
  2. When requesting and responding to claim status for both a subscriber and dependent(s) of that subscriber without a unique ID, the Subscriber HL Loop 2000D must be followed by the subscriber's claim status data, Loop 2200D. In this instance, HL04=0 would be used. The Subscriber HL Loop 2000D must be repeated prior to one or more of the Dependent HL Loop 2000E and their corresponding claim status data, Loop 2200E. In this instance, Loop 2000D HL04=1 would be used. See Section 1.4.3.3 for an example of this structure.
TR3 Example:
HL✱4✱3✱22✱0~ or HL✱4✱3✱22✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
22
Subscriber
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

DMG*D8 - SUBSCRIBER DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C1105
    If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The DMG segment may only appear at the Subscriber (HL03=22) or Dependent (HL03=23) level.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the 2000D HL04 = 0. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19690815✱M~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
2
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Birth Date
Situational
3
1068
Gender Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available from the Information Receiver. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Gender Code
CODE
DEFINITION
F
Female
M
Male
U
Unknown
Not Used
4
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
Not Used
6
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
7
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
8
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3

NM1*IL - SUBSCRIBER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱IL✱1✱DOE✱JOHN✱T✱✱JR✱MI✱123456~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
IL
Insured or Subscriber
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Use when reporting a non-person entity in an employer-subscriber situation, such as Workers' Compensation or any other Property & Casualty claims.
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the value in NM102 = 1 and the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Middle Name or Initial
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a name suffix that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Name Suffix
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
Use when reporting the Employer's Identification Number for Workers' Compensation or any other Property & Casualty claims.
II
Standard Unique Health Identifier for each Individual in the United States
Use when reporting the HIPAA Individual Patient Identifier.
MI
Member Identification Number
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

TRN*1 - CLAIM STATUS TRACE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the 2000D HL04 = 0. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. This segment conveys a unique trace or reference number for each 2200D loop. This number will be returned in the 277 response.
  2. When the patient is not the subscriber or a dependent with a unique identification number, the Loop 2200E TRN and subsequent segments will be used to reflect the claim status information.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱1✱1722634842~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Current Transaction Trace Numbers
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Current Transaction Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
Not Used
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80

REF*1K - PAYER CLAIM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver knows the payer assigned number and intends the search criteria be narrowed to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.8 for Payer Claim Control Number Search and Response requirements.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1K✱9918046987~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1K
Payor's Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Claim Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*BLT - INSTITUTIONAL BILL TYPE IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BLT✱111~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
BLT
Billing Type
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Bill Type Identifier
  1. Concatenate the 837I CLM05-01 (Facility Type Code) and CLM05-03 (Claim Frequency Code) values.
    Code Source 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
    Code Source 235: Claim Frequency Type Code
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*6P - GROUP NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the patient has a group number and the number is known by the Information Receiver. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6P✱GRP123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6P
Group Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Group Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*X1 - PROVIDER'S ASSIGNED CLAIM IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the information receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide may be provided by the sender but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
REF✱X1✱PT12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
X1
Provider Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
  2. For example, this is the value from CLM01 of an 837.
  3. The maximum number of characters to be supported for this qualifier is 35. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored or returned by the receiving system.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*XZ - PHARMACY PRESCRIPTION NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
REF✱XZ✱123456~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
XZ
Pharmacy Prescription Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Pharmacy Prescription Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*D9 - CLAIM IDENTIFIER FOR TRANSMISSION INTERMEDIARIES

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a transmission intermediary (clearinghouse or other) needs to attach their own unique tracking number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱D9✱TJ98UU321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
D9
Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Clearinghouse Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*Y4 - PROPERTY & CASUALTY CLAIM NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Property and Casualty number has been established and the number has been previously communicated to the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱Y4✱4445555~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
Y4
Agency Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Property Casualty Claim Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

AMT*T3 - TOTAL CLAIM CHARGE AMOUNT

X12 Name:
Monetary Amount Information
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the total monetary amount
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Not all payer systems retain the original submitted charges. Charges are sometimes changed during processing.
  2. Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
AMT✱T3✱75~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
522
Amount Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code specifying the amount qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
T3
Total Submitted Charges
Required
2
782
Monetary Amount
M 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Total Claim Charge Amount
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
  2. The Total Claim Charge Amount must be greater than or equal to zero.
Not Used
3
478
Credit/Debit Flag Code
O 1
ID
1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the claim is not a predetermination and service level dates (Loop-ID 2210) are not reported on all service lines. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
For 837 Institutional claims, it is the statement period in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=434). For 837 Professional claims this information is derived from the earliest service level dates in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date. For 837 Dental claims it is the service date at the claim level in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=472) or when not reported at Loop-ID 2300, it is derived from the earliest service level date in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220314-20220325~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Use when the "From and To" dates are different. However, at the discretion of the submitter, RD8 can also be used when the "From and To" dates are the same.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Service Period

SVC - SERVICE LINE INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Service Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply payment and control information to a provider for a particular service
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when requesting status for Service Lines. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
For Institutional claims, when both an NUBC revenue code and a HCPCS or HIPPS code are reported, the HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in SVC01-02 and the revenue code is reported in SVC04. When only a revenue code is used, it is reported in SVC01-02.
TR3 Example:
SVC✱HC:C8900:AA✱800✱✱0111✱✱✱12~orSVC✱NU:0710✱50✱✱✱✱✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
SEMANTIC: SVC01 is the medical procedure upon which adjudication is based.
COMMENT: For Medicare Part A claims, SVC01 would be the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Code (see code source 130) and SVC04 would be the Revenue Code (see code source 132).
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
SVC01-02 will contain the procedure code of the adjudicated claim. If the adjudicated code is not known then SVC01-02 will contain the original submitted procedure code.
Required
1-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
American Dental Association Codes
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
ER
Jurisdiction Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
Use when applicable for Property & Casualty claims
CODE SOURCE: 576: Workers Compensation Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
HC
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE: 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
HP
Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
CODE SOURCE: 716: Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
N4
National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE: 240: National Drug Code by Format
NU
National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) UB92 Codes
Use when reporting a NUBC Revenue Code
CODE SOURCE: 132: National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Codes
Required
1-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
If the value in SVC01-01 is "NU", then this is an NUBC Revenue Code. If the revenue code is present here, then SVC04 is not used.
Situational
1-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
1-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
1-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Situational
1-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SVC02 is the submitted service charge.
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Charge Amount
  1. This amount is the original submitted charge.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Situational
4
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SEMANTIC: SVC04 is the National Uniform Billing Committee Revenue Code.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required on institutional claims to report a NUBC revenue code when a HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in the SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Revenue Code
Not Used
5
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
6
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
O 1
Required
7
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: SVC07 is the original submitted units of service.
INDUSTRY NAME: Units of Service Count
A zero or negative value is not allowed.

REF*6R - LINE ITEM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to this specific service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6R✱54321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6R
Provider Control Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a service level date was submitted on the claim for this service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220401-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Use when the "From and To" dates are different. However, at the discretion of the submitter, RD8 can also be used when the "From and To" dates are the same.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Date

TOO - TOOTH INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Tooth Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a tooth by number and, if applicable, one or more tooth surfaces
X12 Syntax:
P0102
If either TOO01 or TOO02 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
32
Situational Rule:
Required when tooth information is needed to further define the service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
TOO✱JP✱12✱L:O~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
JO
International Standard Designation System for Teeth and Areas of the Oral Cavity
Use when reporting areas of the oral cavity; do not use to report individual teeth.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
JP
Universal National Tooth Designation System
Use when reporting individual teeth; do not use when reporting areas of the oral cavity.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
Required
2
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Oral Cavity Area/Tooth Code
Situational
3
C005
Tooth Surface
O 1
To identify one or more tooth surface codes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the procedure code requires tooth surface codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
1369
Tooth Surface Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-2
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Additional tooth surface codes can be carried in TOO03-02 through TOO03-05. The code values are the same as in TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-3
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-4
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-5
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal

HL - DEPENDENT LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when Loop 2000D HL04 = 1. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the patient is the dependent, the claim status request information is reflected in the 2200E Loop under the Dependent HL, 2000E Loop (HL03 = 23). See Section 1.4.2.1 for more information on defining the patient.
TR3 Example:
HL✱5✱4✱23~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
23
Dependent
Not Used
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1

DMG*D8 - DEPENDENT DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Demographic Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply demographic information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0102
    If either DMG01 or DMG02 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either DMG10 or DMG11 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C1105
    If DMG11 is present, then DMG05 is required.
X12 Set Notes:
NOTE: The DMG segment may only appear at the Subscriber (HL03=22) or Dependent (HL03=23) level.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
DMG✱D8✱19690815✱M~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
X 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
2
1251
Date Time Period
X 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
SEMANTIC: DMG02 is the date of birth.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Birth Date
Situational
3
1068
Gender Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating the sex of the individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available from the Information Receiver. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Gender Code
CODE
DEFINITION
F
Female
M
Male
Not Used
4
1067
Marital Status Code
O 1
ID
1
Not Used
5
C056
Composite Race or Ethnicity Information
X 25
Not Used
6
1066
Citizenship Status Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
7
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
8
659
Basis of Verification Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
12
26
Country Code
O 1
ID
2/3

NM1*QC - DEPENDENT NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱QC✱1✱DOE✱SALLY✱J~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
QC
Patient
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Middle Name or Initial
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a name suffix that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Name Suffix
Not Used
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

TRN*1 - CLAIM STATUS TRACE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This segment conveys a unique trace or reference for each 2200E Loop. This number will be returned in the 277 response.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱1✱1722634842~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Current Transaction Trace Numbers
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Current Transaction Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
Not Used
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80

REF*1K - PAYER CLAIM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver knows the payer assigned number and intends the search criteria be narrowed to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.8 for Payer Claim Control Number Search and Response requirements.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1K✱9918046987~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1K
Payor's Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Claim Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*BLT - INSTITUTIONAL BILL TYPE IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BLT✱111~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
BLT
Billing Type
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Bill Type Identifier
  1. Concatenate the 837I CLM05-01 (Facility Type Code) and CLM05-03 (Claim Frequency Code) values.
    Code Source 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
    Code Source 235: Claim Frequency Type Code
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*6P - GROUP NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the patient has a group number and the number is known by the Information Receiver. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6P✱GRP123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6P
Group Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Group Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*X1 - PROVIDER'S ASSIGNED CLAIM IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the information receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide may be provided by the sender but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
REF✱X1✱PT12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
X1
Provider Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
  2. For example, this is the value from CLM01 of an 837.
  3. The maximum number of characters to be supported for this qualifier is 35. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored or returned by the receiving system.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*XZ - PHARMACY PRESCRIPTION NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
REF✱XZ✱1234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
XZ
Pharmacy Prescription Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Pharmacy Prescription Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*D9 - CLAIM IDENTIFIER FOR TRANSMISSION INTERMEDIARIES

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a transmission intermediary (clearinghouse or other) needs to attach their own unique tracking number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱D9✱TJ98UU321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
D9
Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Clearinghouse Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*Y4 - PROPERTY & CASUALTY CLAIM NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Property and Casualty number has been established and the number has been previously communicated to the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱Y4✱4445555~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
Y4
Agency Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Property Casualty Claim Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

AMT*T3 - TOTAL CLAIM CHARGE AMOUNT

X12 Name:
Monetary Amount Information
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the total monetary amount
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to a specific claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. Not all payer systems retain the original submitted charges. Charges are sometimes changed during processing.
  2. Use of this data as search criteria may vary by information source.
TR3 Example:
AMT✱T3✱75~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
522
Amount Qualifier Code
M 1
ID
1/3
Code specifying the amount qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
T3
Total Submitted Charges
Required
2
782
Monetary Amount
M 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
INDUSTRY NAME: Total Claim Charge Amount
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
  2. The Total Claim Charge Amount must be greater than or equal to zero.
Not Used
3
478
Credit/Debit Flag Code
O 1
ID
1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the claim is not a predetermination and service level dates (Loop-ID 2210) are not reported on all service lines. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
For 837 Institutional claims, it is the statement period in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=434). For 837 Professional claims this information is derived from the earliest service level dates in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date. For 837 Dental claims it is the service date at the claim level in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=472) or when not reported at Loop-ID 2300, it is derived from the earliest service level date in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220401-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Use when the "From and To" dates are different. However, at the discretion of the submitter, RD8 can also be used when the "From and To" dates are the same.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Service Period

SVC - SERVICE LINE INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Service Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply payment and control information to a provider for a particular service
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when requesting status for Service Lines. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
For Institutional claims, when both an NUBC revenue code and a HCPCS or HIPPS code are reported, the HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in SVC01-02 and the revenue code is reported in SVC04. When only a revenue code is used, it is reported in SVC01-02.
TR3 Example:
SVC✱HC:C8900:AA✱800✱✱0111✱✱✱12~orSVC✱NU:0710✱50✱✱✱✱✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
SEMANTIC: SVC01 is the medical procedure upon which adjudication is based.
COMMENT: For Medicare Part A claims, SVC01 would be the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Code (see code source 130) and SVC04 would be the Revenue Code (see code source 132).
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
SVC01-02 will contain the procedure code of the adjudicated claim. If the adjudicated code is not known then SVC01-02 will contain the original submitted procedure code.
Required
1-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
American Dental Association Codes
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
ER
Jurisdiction Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
Use when applicable for Property & Casualty claims
CODE SOURCE: 576: Workers Compensation Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
HC
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE: 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
HP
Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
CODE SOURCE: 716: Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
N4
National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE: 240: National Drug Code by Format
NU
National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) UB92 Codes
Use when reporting a NUBC Revenue Code
CODE SOURCE: 132: National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Codes
Required
1-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
If the value in SVC01-01 is "NU", then this is an NUBC Revenue Code. If the revenue code is present here, then SVC04 is not used.
Situational
1-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
1-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
1-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Situational
1-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SVC02 is the submitted service charge.
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Charge Amount
  1. This amount is the original submitted charge.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Situational
4
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SEMANTIC: SVC04 is the National Uniform Billing Committee Revenue Code.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required on institutional claims to report a NUBC revenue code when a HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in the SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Revenue Code
Not Used
5
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
6
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
O 1
Required
7
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: SVC07 is the original submitted units of service.
INDUSTRY NAME: Units of Service Count
A zero or negative value is not allowed.

REF*6R - LINE ITEM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Receiver wants to further define data related to this specific service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6R✱54321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6R
Provider Control Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a service level date was submitted on the claim for this service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220401-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Use when the "From and To" dates are different. However, at the discretion of the submitter, RD8 can also be used when the "From and To" dates are the same.
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Date

TOO - TOOTH INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Tooth Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a tooth by number and, if applicable, one or more tooth surfaces
X12 Syntax:
P0102
If either TOO01 or TOO02 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
32
Situational Rule:
Required when tooth information is needed to further define the service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
TOO✱JP✱12✱L:O~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
JO
International Standard Designation System for Teeth and Areas of the Oral Cavity
Use when reporting areas of the oral cavity; do not use to report individual teeth.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
JP
Universal National Tooth Designation System
Use when reporting individual teeth; do not use when reporting areas of the oral cavity.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
Required
2
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Oral Cavity Area/Tooth Code
Situational
3
C005
Tooth Surface
O 1
To identify one or more tooth surface codes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the procedure code requires tooth surface codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
1369
Tooth Surface Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-2
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Additional tooth surface codes can be carried in TOO03-02 through TOO03-05. The code values are the same as in TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-3
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-4
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-5
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal

SE - TRANSACTION SET TRAILER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
X12 Comments:
SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
SE✱24✱0002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
96
Number of Included Segments
M 1
N
1/10
Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE segments
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Segment Count
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Number in ST02 and SE02 must be identical.

GE - FUNCTIONAL GROUP TRAILER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
The use of identical data interchange control numbers in the associated functional group header and trailer is designed to maximize functional group integrity. The control number is the same as that used in the corresponding header.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GE✱1✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
97
Number of Transaction Sets Included
M 1
N
1/6
Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element
Required
2
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GE02 in this trailer must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group header, GS06.

IEA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL TRAILER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To define the end of an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
IEA✱1✱000000905~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I16
Number of Included Functional Groups
M 1
N
1/5
A count of the number of functional groups included in an interchange
Required
2
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
The Value in IEA02 must be identical to the value in ISA13.

277 Response Transaction Set Listing

008020X329 Health Care Claim Status Request and Response
Usage
Repeats

ISA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL HEADER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Header
X12 Purpose:
To start and identify an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
  1. For compliant implementations under this implementation guide, ISA13, the interchange Control Number, must be a positive unsigned number. Therefore, the ISA segment can be considered a fixed record length segment.
  2. The first element separator defines the element separator to be used through the entire interchange.
  3. Spaces in the example interchanges are represented by "." for clarity.
  4. The ISA segment terminator defines the segment terminator used throughout the entire interchange.
  5. All positions within each of the data elements must be filled.
TR3 Example:
ISA✱00✱..........✱01✱SECRET....✱ZZ✱SENDERS.ID.....✱ZZ✱RECEIVERS.ID...✱030101✱1253✱^✱00802✱000000905✱0✱T✱:~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I01
Authorization Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Authorization Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Authorization Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I02)
03
Additional Data Identification
Required
2
I02
Authorization Information
M 1
AN
10
Information used for additional identification or authorization of the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Authorization Information Qualifier (I01)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
3
I03
Security Information Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of information in the Security Information
CODE
DEFINITION
00
No Security Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I04)
01
Password
Required
4
I04
Security Information
M 1
AN
10
This is used for identifying the security information about the interchange sender or the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Security Information Qualifier (I03)
This element is fixed in length with identical minimum and maximum lengths. Spaces are inserted to meet the minimum length in an AN data element. With the associated code 00 in ISA01 or ISA03, an all space value indicates no information.
Required
5
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Sender in ISA06.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
6
I06
Interchange Sender ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the sender for other parties to use as the receiver ID to route data to them; the sender always codes this value in the sender ID element
Required
7
I05
Interchange ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified
This ID qualifies the Receiver in ISA08.
CODE
DEFINITION
01
Duns (Dun & Bradstreet)
14
Duns Plus Suffix
20
Health Industry Number (HIN)
CODE SOURCE: 121: Health Industry Number
27
Carrier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
28
Fiscal Intermediary Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
29
Medicare Provider and Supplier Identification Number as assigned by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS)
30
U.S. Federal Tax Identification Number
33
National Association of Insurance Commissioners Company Code (NAIC)
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Required
8
I07
Interchange Receiver ID
M 1
AN
15
Identification code published by the receiver of the data; When sending, it is used by the sender as their sending ID, thus other parties sending to them will use this as a receiving ID to route data to them
Required
9
I08
Interchange Date
M 1
DT
6
Date of the interchange
The date format is YYMMDD.
Required
10
I09
Interchange Time
M 1
TM
4
Time of the interchange
The time format is HHMM.
Required
11
I65
Repetition Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the repetition separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate repeated occurrences of a simple data element or a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator, component element separator, and the segment terminator
Required
12
I11
Interchange Control Version Number Code
M 1
ID
5
Code specifying the version number of the interchange control segments, the version of the data elements within the control segments, and the code values within those data elements.
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Control Version Number
CODE
DEFINITION
00802
00802 Standards Approved for Publication by ASC X12 Procedures Review Board through December 2020
Required
13
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
  1. The Interchange Control Number, ISA13, must be identical to the associated Interchange Trailer IEA02.
  2. Must be a positive unsigned number and must be identical to the value in IEA02.
Required
14
I13
Acknowledgment Requested Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating sender's request for an interchange acknowledgment
INDUSTRY NAME: Acknowledgment Requested
X12.5 - Interchange Control Structure provides the purpose of the TA1 segment. The X12 Acknowledgment Reference Model provides considerable information about the TA1 segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Interchange Acknowledgment Requested
Use when the interchange contains ONLY acknowledgment Functional Groups (e.g. 999 or 824) or a TA1.
1
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested (TA1)
Use when batch process requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange.
2
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors"
Use when the transaction is for real-time processing.
3
Interchange Acknowledgment Requested only when Interchange is "Rejected Because Of Errors" or "Accepted but Errors are Noted"
Use when batch processing requires the return of a TA1 for the interchange only when errors are noted.
Required
15
I14
Interchange Usage Indicator Code
M 1
ID
1
Code indicating whether data enclosed by this interchange envelope is test, production or information
INDUSTRY NAME: Interchange Usage Indicator
CODE
DEFINITION
I
Information
Use when the interchange contains ONLY a TA1.
P
Production Data
T
Test Data
Required
16
I15
Component Element Separator
M 1
Type is not applicable; the component element separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate component data elements within a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator and the segment terminator

GS*HR - FUNCTIONAL GROUP HEADER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the beginning of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
A functional group of related transaction sets, within the scope of X12 standards, consists of a collection of similar transaction sets enclosed by a functional group header and a functional group trailer.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GS✱XX✱SENDER CODE✱RECEIVER CODE✱19991231✱0802✱1✱X✱008020X329~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
479
Functional Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets
This is the 2-character Functional Identifier Code assigned to each transaction set by X12. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE
DEFINITION
HR
Health Care Claim Status Request (276)HN   Health Care Information Status Notification (277)
Required
2
142
Application Sender's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party sending transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit sending the information.
Required
3
124
Application Receiver's Code
M 1
AN
2/15
Code identifying party receiving transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners
Use this code to identify the unit receiving the information.
Required
4
373
Date
M 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: GS04 is the group date.
Use this date for the functional group creation date.
Required
5
337
Time
M 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: GS05 is the group time.
Use this time for the creation time. The recommended format is HHMM.
Required
6
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GS06 in this header must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group trailer, GE02.
For implementations compliant with this guide, GS06 must be unique within a single transmission (that is, within a single ISA to IEA enveloping structure). The authors recommend that GS06 be unique within all transmissions over a period of time to be determined by the sender.
Required
7
455
Responsible Agency Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the issuer of the standard; this code is used in conjunction with Data Element 480
CODE
DEFINITION
X
Accredited Standards Committee X12
Required
8
480
Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
M 1
AN
1/12
Code indicating the version, release, subrelease, and industry identifier of the EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the version number; positions 4-6 are the release and subrelease, level of the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment is T, then other formats are allowed
INDUSTRY NAME: Version, Release, or Industry Identifier Code
This is the unique Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code assigned to an implementation by X12N. The specific code for a transaction set defined by this implementation guide is presented in Section 1.2, Version Information.
CODE SOURCE 881: Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X329
Health Care Claim Status Request and Response

ST*277 - TRANSACTION SET HEADER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Header
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
ST✱277✱0002✱008020X329~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
143
Transaction Set Identifier Code
M 1
ID
3
Code identifying a Transaction Set
SEMANTIC: The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).
CODE
DEFINITION
277
Health Care Information Status Notification
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Numbers in ST02 and SE02 must be identical and must be a numeric value. The number (i.e. numeric value) is assigned by the originator and must be unique within a functional group (GS-GE). For example, start with the numeric value 0001 and increment from there. The Transaction Set Control Number also aids in error resolution research.
Required
3
1705
Implementation Convention Reference
O 1
AN
1/35
Reference assigned to identify Implementation Convention
SEMANTIC: The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition. When used, this implementation convention reference takes precedence over the implementation reference specified in the GS08.
INDUSTRY NAME: Version, Release, or Industry Identifier
  1. This element must be populated with the implementation guide Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code named in Section 1.2.
  2. This element contains the same value as GS08. Some translator products strip off the ISA and GS segments prior to application (ST/SE) processing. Providing the information from the GS08 at this level will ensure that the appropriate application mapping is utilized at translation time.
CODE
DEFINITION
008020X329
Health Care Claim Status Request and Response

BHT*0010 - BEGINNING OF HIERARCHICAL TRANSACTION

X12 Name:
Beginning of Hierarchical Transaction
X12 Purpose:
To define the business hierarchical structure of the transaction set and identify the business application purpose and reference data, i.e., number, date, and time
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
BHT✱0010✱08✱ABC276XXX✱20220921✱0430✱DG~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1005
Hierarchical Structure Code
M 1
ID
4
Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set
Used to specify the sequential order of HL segments. The HL loops in the data stream must comply with this sequential order. An HL parent loop must be followed by any subordinate child loops prior to commencing a new HL parent loop at the same hierarchical level.
CODE
DEFINITION
0010
Information Source, Information Receiver, Provider of Service, Subscriber, Dependent
Required
2
353
Transaction Set Purpose Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying purpose of transaction set
CODE
DEFINITION
08
Status
Situational
3
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: BHT03 is the number assigned by the originator to identify the transaction within the originator's business application system.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the transaction is used in real-time or when rejecting 276 Claim Status Requests (batch) for errors at the Information Source or the Information Receiver level. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Originator Application Transaction Identifier
  1. This identifier is the identifier received in the BHT03 of the corresponding 276 transaction.
  2. This information may be sent at the creator of the 277's discretion if using the transaction in a Batch mode. Due to the nature of batch transaction processing, the receiver of the 277 transaction (whether it is a clearinghouse or information source) may or may not be able to return the 276 BHT03 value in the 277 BHT03.
  3. This element is to be used to trace the transaction from one point to the next point, such as when the transaction is passed from one clearinghouse to another clearinghouse. This identifier is not to be passed through the complete life of the transaction, rather replaced with the identifier received in the 276.
  4. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Required
4
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: BHT04 is the date the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Date
Required
5
337
Time
O 1
TM
4/8
Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)
SEMANTIC: BHT05 is the time the transaction was created within the business application system.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Set Creation Time
Required
6
640
Transaction Type Code
O 1
ID
2
Code specifying the type of transaction
CODE
DEFINITION
DG
Response

HL - INFORMATION SOURCE LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This entity is the payer who has the current status information for the specified claims.
TR3 Example:
HL✱1✱✱20✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Not Used
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
20
Information Source
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*PR - PAYER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱PR✱2✱ABC INSURANCE CO✱✱✱✱✱XV✱11122333~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
PR
Payer
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Non-Person Entity
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Name
Not Used
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Not Used
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
PI
Payor Identification
Use when reporting the payer identification number established through trading partner agreement.
XV
Standard Unique Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Use when reporting Health Plan ID (HPID) or Other Entity Identifier (OEID).
CODE SOURCE: 540: Health Plan Identifier (HPID)
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

PER*IC - PAYER CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the payer's contact information is not otherwise specified in a Trading Partner Agreement and the Information Receiver does not know how to contact the payer. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱✱TE✱3135551234~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a specific person or department is the contact for the response. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Name
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
ED
Electronic Data Interchange Access Number
EM
Electronic Mail
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
When an extension or additional contact number is required, use PER06.
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
ED
Electronic Data Interchange Access Number
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
ED
Electronic Data Interchange Access Number
EM
Electronic Mail
EX
Telephone Extension
FX
Facsimile
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a telephone extension or multiple communication types are available. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

TRN*1 - INFORMATION SOURCE APPLICATION TRACE IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source wants to assign a unique identifier to the 277 Response for tracking purposes within their system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱1✱1722634842~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Current Transaction Trace Numbers
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Source Application Trace Identifier
  1. This is a unique trace number that identifies a specific transaction. This number is assigned by the Information Source.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
Not Used
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80

HL - INFORMATION RECEIVER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This entity expects a response from the Information Source. See Section 1.4.2 Transaction Participants for more information on the Information Receiver.
TR3 Example:
HL✱2✱1✱21✱1~ or HL✱2✱1✱21✱0~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
21
Information Receiver
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*41 - INFORMATION RECEIVER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This is the individual or organization requesting to receive the status information.
TR3 Example:
NM1✱41✱2✱ABC SUBMITTER✱✱✱✱✱46✱999999999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
41
Submitter
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the identifier in NM109 is not sufficient for identification. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the value in NM102 = 1 and the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Not Used
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
46
Electronic Transmitter Identification Number (ETIN)
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Information Receiver Identification Number
The ETIN is established through Trading Partner agreement.
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

TRN*2 - INFORMATION RECEIVER TRACE IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an entire 276 transaction is rejected for errors at the Information Source or Information Receiver level (2000B HL04 = "0"). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. If reporting error status at this level, 2000C, 2000D and 2000E Loops are not used.
  2. See Section 1.4.4.2 Status Response Levels for additional information on reporting status at the Information Receiver level.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱2✱ABC276XXX~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Referenced Transaction Trace Numbers
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Transaction Batch Number
  1. This value must be the BHT03 data element value from the 276 Claim Status Request being rejected.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
Not Used
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80

STC - INFORMATION RECEIVER STATUS INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Status Information
X12 Purpose:
To report the status, required action, and paid information of a claim or service line
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
>1
TR3 Notes:
  1. See Section 1.4.4 - Status Information (STC) Segment Usage for specific STC segment information related to the hierarchical level, composites and code use.
  2. If reporting error status at this level, 2000C, 2000D and 2000E Loops are not used.
TR3 Example:
STC✱E0:24:41✱20110830~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C043
Health Care Claim Status
M 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
Required
1-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Only the 'D0' Category Code and 'E' Category Codes are allowable at this level.
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
Situational
1-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
CODE
DEFINITION
41
Submitter
Use when errors apply to the Information Receiver.
PR
Payer
Use when errors apply to the Information Source.
Not Used
1-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Required
2
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC02 is the effective date of the status information.
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Information Effective Date
Not Used
3
306
Action Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
4
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
6
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
7
591
Payment Method Code
O 1
ID
3
Not Used
8
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Not Used
9
429
Check Number
O 1
AN
1/16
Situational
10
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
See STC01-01 for valid values.
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
Situational
10-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
41
Submitter
Use when errors apply to the Information Receiver.
PR
Payer
Use when errors apply to the Information Source.
Not Used
10-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Situational
11
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
See STC01-01 for valid values.
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
Situational
11-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
41
Submitter
Use when errors apply to the Information Receiver.
PR
Payer
Use when errors apply to the Information Source.
Not Used
11-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
12
933
Free-form Message Text
O 1
AN
1/264
Not Used
13
1383
Claim Submission Reason Code
O 1
ID
2

HL - SERVICE PROVIDER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when status was not reported at the Information Receiver level (2000B HL04=1). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This entity delivered the health care service. See Section 1.4.2 Transaction Participants for more information on the Provider.
TR3 Example:
HL✱3✱2✱19✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
19
Provider of Service
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*1P - PROVIDER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱1P✱2✱HOME MEDICAL✱✱✱✱✱XX✱1666666666~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
1P
Provider
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Situational
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the identifier in NM109 is not sufficient for identification. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Last or Organization Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the value in NM102 = 1 and the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Middle Name
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a name suffix that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Name Suffix
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
SV
Service Provider Number
XX
Standard Unique Health Identifier for Health Care Providers (NPI)
Use when the provider is in the United States or its territories and is eligible to receive a National Provider Identifier (NPI).
OR
Use when the provider is not in the United States or its territories and has received an NPI.
CODE SOURCE: 537: National Provider Identifier (NPI)
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

HL - SUBSCRIBER LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when status was not reported at the Information Receiver level (2000B HL04=1). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the patient is the subscriber or a dependent with a unique identification number, the claim status response information is reflected in the 2200D Loop under the Subscriber HL, 2000D Loop (HL03 = 22). The Dependent HL, 2000E Loop is not used. See Section 1.4.2.1 for more information on defining the patient.
  2. When requesting and responding to claim status for both a subscriber and dependent(s) of that subscriber without a unique ID, the Subscriber HL Loop 2000D must be followed by the subscriber's claim status data, Loop 2200D. In this instance, HL04=0 would be used. The Subscriber HL Loop 2000D must be repeated prior to one or more of the Dependent HL Loop 2000E and their corresponding claim status data, Loop 2200E. In this instance, Loop 2000D HL04=1 would be used. See Section 1.4.3.3 for an example of this structure.
TR3 Example:
HL✱4✱3✱22✱0~ or HL✱4✱3✱22✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
22
Subscriber
Required
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1
Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the level being described
COMMENT: HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.
CODE
DEFINITION
0
No Subordinate HL Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.
1
Additional Subordinate HL Data Segment in This Hierarchical Structure.

NM1*IL - SUBSCRIBER NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱IL✱1✱DOE✱JOHN✱T✱✱JR✱MI✱123456~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
IL
Insured or Subscriber
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
2
Non-Person Entity
Use when reporting a non-person entity in an employer-subscriber situation, such as Workers' Compensation or any other Property & Casualty claims.
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the value in NM102 = 1 and the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Middle Name or Initial
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when NM102 = 1 and the person has a name suffix that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Name Suffix
Required
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
CODE
DEFINITION
24
Employer's Identification Number
Use when reporting the Employer's Identification Number for Workers' Compensation or any other Property & Casualty claims.
II
Standard Unique Health Identifier for each Individual in the United States
Use when reporting the HIPAA Individual Patient Identifier.
MI
Member Identification Number
Required
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0809
INDUSTRY NAME: Subscriber Identifier
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

TRN*2 - CLAIM STATUS TRACE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the 2000D HL04 = 0. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. When the patient is not the subscriber or a dependent with a unique identification number, the Loop 2200E TRN and subsequent segments will be used to reflect the claim status information.
  2. This is the trace or reference number from the originator of the transaction that was provided for this patient's 276 request.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱2✱ABC12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Referenced Transaction Trace Numbers
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Referenced Transaction Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
Not Used
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80

STC - CLAIM LEVEL STATUS INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Status Information
X12 Purpose:
To report the status, required action, and paid information of a claim or service line
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
>1
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.4 - Status Information (STC) Segment Usage for specific STC segment information related to the hierarchical level, composites and code use.
TR3 Example:
STC✱A1:20✱20110501✱✱50~ -or-STC✱F1:65✱20110511✱✱50✱40✱20110510✱✱20110510✱445321~ orSTC✱F2:88:IL✱20110501✱✱50✱0✱✱✱✱✱F2:27~ orSTC✱F2:79::RX✱20110501✱✱50✱0~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C043
Health Care Claim Status
M 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
Required
1-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. All Category Codes except 'Request for Additional Information' (R Category Codes) are allowable at this level.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC01-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
1-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
1-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code in STC01-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Required
2
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC02 is the effective date of the status information.
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Information Effective Date
This is the date the claim was placed in this status by the Information Source's adjudication process.
Not Used
3
306
Action Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Situational
4
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: STC04 is the total charge amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the response provides status on a claim found in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Total Claim Charge Amount
  1. The total claim charge may change from the submitted claim total charge based on claims processing instructions, i.e. claim splitting. Some payers may not store the original submitted charge. Some HMO encounters supply zero as the amount of original charges.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: STC05 is the amount paid.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and a remittance advice has been issued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Payment Amount
  1. Zero is an acceptable amount when no payment is being made.
  2. Some payers are able to provide the adjudicated payment amount prior to the remittance being issued.
  3. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
6
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC06 is the paid date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and a remittance advice has been issued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Adjudication Finalized Date
  1. This is the date of approval or denial for the claim. This date may or may not be the same as the payment effective date from the remittance advice (STC08). In the 835, the payment effective date is BPR16.
  2. Some payers are able to provide the final claim adjudicated date prior to the remittance being issued.
Not Used
7
591
Payment Method Code
O 1
ID
3
Situational
8
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC08 is the check issue date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and this claim is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Date
  1. This is the payment effective date from the remittance advice. In the 835, this is the value in BPR16.
  2. This could include a non-payment remittance advice date if available from the Information Source's system.
Situational
9
429
Check Number
O 1
AN
1/16
Check identification number
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and this claim is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Trace Number
  1. This is the unique identification number assigned to the payment in the remittance advice for tracking purposes. In the 835, this is the value from TRN02.
  2. This could include a non-payment remittance advice Trace Number (835 or paper) if available from the Information Source's system.
Situational
10
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC10-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
10-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
10-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code in STC01-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Situational
11
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC11-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
11-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
11-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code in STC11-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Not Used
12
933
Free-form Message Text
O 1
AN
1/264
Situational
13
1383
Claim Submission Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for claim submission
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the entire claim was submitted as a predetermination request. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Predetermination of Benefits Code
CODE
DEFINITION
08
Pre-Determination
Use when the claim is for a medical related predetermination (Professional or Institutional)
PB
Predetermination of Dental Benefits

REF*1K - PAYER CLAIM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a claim is located in the Information Source's system or when a payer claim control number was submitted on the 276, but did not result in a found claim for the submitted number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.8 for Payer Claim Control Number Search and Response requirements.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1K✱9918046987~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1K
Payor's Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Claim Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*BLT - INSTITUTIONAL BILL TYPE IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an institutional claim is located in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BLT✱111~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
BLT
Billing Type
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Bill Type Identifier
  1. Concatenate the 837I CLM05-01 (Facility Type Code) and CLM05-03 (Claim Frequency Code) values.
    Code Source 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
    Code Source 235: Claim Frequency Type Code
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*X1 - PROVIDER'S ASSIGNED CLAIM IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier was submitted on the claim(s) found in the Information Source's system or when a Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier was submitted in the 276 transaction and a claim with that value was not found in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The information returned in this segment may not match the information submitted in the 276 request when additional responses are returned based on other search criteria.
TR3 Example:
REF✱X1✱PT12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
X1
Provider Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
  2. For example, this is the value from CLM01 of an 837.
  3. The maximum number of characters to be supported for this qualifier is 35. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored or returned by the receiving system.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*XZ - PHARMACY PRESCRIPTION NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Pharmacy Prescription Number was submitted on the 276 request or when available on claims located in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱XZ✱1234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
XZ
Pharmacy Prescription Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Pharmacy Prescription Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*VV - VOUCHER IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a voucher identifier is associated with the response claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Some payers assign voucher identifiers to a group of claims as part of the payment process prior to payment being issued.
TR3 Example:
REF✱VV✱V123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
VV
Voucher
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Voucher Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*D9 - CLAIM IDENTIFIER FOR TRANSMISSION INTERMEDIARIES

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when received on the 276 status request. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱D9✱TJ98UU321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
D9
Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Clearinghouse Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*Y4 - PROPERTY & CASUALTY CLAIM NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a Property & Casualty Claim Number has been established by the Property & Casualty payer for the claim (bill) reported in the Payer Claim Control Number REF Segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱Y4✱4445555~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
Y4
Agency Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Property Casualty Claim Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the claim is not a predetermination and service level dates (Loop-ID 2220) are not reported on all service lines. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
  1. For 837 Institutional claims, it is the statement period in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=434). For 837 Professional claims this information is derived from the earliest service level dates in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date. For 837 Dental claims it is the service date at the claim level in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=472) or when not reported at Loop-ID 2300, it is derived from the earliest service level date in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date.
  2. When reporting a claim level date, use the date from the Information Source's system for claim matches, otherwise return the date from the 276 status request.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220401-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Service Period

DTP*050 - CLAIM RECEIVED DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a claim is located in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This is the date the claim was received by the payer.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱050✱D8✱20221030~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
050
Received
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Received Date

PWK*V4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Paperwork
X12 Purpose:
To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0506
    If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either PWK10 or PWK11 is present, then the other is required.
X12 Set Notes:
COMMENT: The 2210 loop may be used when there is a status notification or a request for additional information about a particular claim.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a claim has been permanently transferred to another entity for processing and the Information Source can no longer provide status. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. The PWK segment is syntactically required in order to use the Transfer to Entity data in Loop ID 2210D.
  2. This is not for COB reporting or when a service is transferred internally within the payer's system(s).
TR3 Example:
PWK✱V4✱✱✱TT~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
755
Report Type Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item
CODE
DEFINITION
V4
Change of Name and/or Address
Not Used
2
756
Report Transmission Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
3
757
Report Copies Needed
O 1
N
1/2
Required
4
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
TT
Transfer To
Not Used
5
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
8
C002
Actions Indicated
O 1
Not Used
9
1525
Request Category Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30

PER*IC - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱EDI HELP DESK✱TE✱8009999999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the contact name is known and is specific to the inquiries of the status of the transferred claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER08 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N1 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱PR✱TIMBUCKTU INSURANCE✱FI✱8888888888~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
AY
Clearinghouse
PR
Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
TV
Third Party Administrator (TPA)
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Name
Situational
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N104 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
PI
Payor Identification
Situational
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available to identify the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Identification
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N3 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line

N4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Postal Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Country
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

SVC - SERVICE LINE INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Service Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply payment and control information to a provider for a particular service
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when service line level status varies by service line or when a service line status is different than the claim-level status or when the 276 made a service specific request. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
  1. For Institutional claims, when both an NUBC revenue code and a HCPCS or HIPPS code are reported, the HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in SVC01-02 and the revenue code is reported in SVC04. When only a revenue code is used, it is reported in SVC01-02.
  2. When a service specific claim status request is received, the claim status response may include additional service lines applicable to the claim.
TR3 Example:
SVC✱HC:99214✱75✱50✱✱✱✱1~ orSVC✱NU:0710✱50✱0✱✱✱✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
SEMANTIC: SVC01 is the medical procedure upon which adjudication is based.
COMMENT: For Medicare Part A claims, SVC01 would be the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Code (see code source 130) and SVC04 would be the Revenue Code (see code source 132).
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
SVC01-02 contains the adjudicated procedure code. This code may be different than the original submitted procedure code based on the payer's claim processing.
Required
1-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
American Dental Association Codes
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
ER
Jurisdiction Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
Use when applicable for Property & Casualty claims
CODE SOURCE: 576: Workers Compensation Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
HC
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE: 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
HP
Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
CODE SOURCE: 716: Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
N4
National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE: 240: National Drug Code by Format
NU
National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) UB92 Codes
Use when reporting a NUBC Revenue Code
CODE SOURCE: 132: National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Codes
Required
1-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
If the value in SVC01-01 is "NU", then this is an NUBC Revenue Code. If the revenue code is present here, then SVC04 is not used.
Situational
1-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
1-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
1-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Situational
1-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SVC02 is the submitted service charge.
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Charge Amount
  1. This is the line item total on the current claim service status.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SVC03 is the amount paid this service.
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Payment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
4
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SEMANTIC: SVC04 is the National Uniform Billing Committee Revenue Code.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required on institutional claims to report a NUBC revenue code when a HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in the SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Revenue Code
Not Used
5
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
6
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
O 1
Required
7
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: SVC07 is the original submitted units of service.
INDUSTRY NAME: Units of Service Count
A zero or negative value is not allowed.

STC - SERVICE LINE STATUS INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Status Information
X12 Purpose:
To report the status, required action, and paid information of a claim or service line
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
>1
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.4 - Status Information (STC) Segment Usage for specific STC segment information related to the hierarchical level, composites and code use.
TR3 Example:
STC✱F1:65✱20110501~ orSTC✱A3:110✱20110501✱✱✱✱✱✱✱✱A3:400~ orSTC✱F2:79::RX✱20110501~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C043
Health Care Claim Status
M 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
Required
1-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. All Category Codes except 'Request for Additional Information' (R Category Codes) are allowable at this level.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC01-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
1-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
1-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code in STC01-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Required
2
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC02 is the effective date of the status information.
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Information Effective Date
This is the date the service was placed in this status by the Information Source's adjudication process.
Not Used
3
306
Action Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
4
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Situational
6
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC06 is the paid date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete, this service is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider AND the payment information for this service is different from the claim level payment information. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Adjudication Finalized Date
  1. This is the date of approval or denial for the service. This date may or may not be the same as the payment effective date from the remittance advice (STC08). In the 835, the payment effective date is BPR16.
  2. Some payers are able to provide the final service adjudicated date prior to the remittance being issued.
Not Used
7
591
Payment Method Code
O 1
ID
3
Situational
8
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC08 is the check issue date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete, this service is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider AND the payment information for this service is different from the claim level payment information. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Date
  1. This could include a non-payment remittance advice date if available from the Information Source's system.
  2. This is the payment effective date from the remittance advice. In the 835, this is the value in BPR16.
Situational
9
429
Check Number
O 1
AN
1/16
Check identification number
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete, this service is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider AND the payment information for this service is different from the claim level payment information. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Trace Number
  1. This is the unique identification number assigned to the payment in the remittance advice for tracking purposes. In the 835, this is the value from TRN02.
  2. This could include a non-payment remittance advice Trace Number (835 or paper) if available from the Information Source's system.
Situational
10
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC10-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
10-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
10-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code in STC10-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Situational
11
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC11-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
11-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
11-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code in STC11-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Not Used
12
933
Free-form Message Text
O 1
AN
1/264
Situational
13
1383
Claim Submission Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for claim submission
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service line was submitted as a predetermination request. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Predetermination of Benefits Code
CODE
DEFINITION
08
Pre-Determination
Use when the service line is for a medical related predetermination (Professional or Institutional)
PB
Predetermination of Dental Benefits

REF*6R - LINE ITEM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a Service Line Item Control Number was submitted on the claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6R✱54321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6R
Provider Control Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a service level date was submitted on the claim for this service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220401-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Date

TOO - TOOTH INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Tooth Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a tooth by number and, if applicable, one or more tooth surfaces
X12 Syntax:
P0102
If either TOO01 or TOO02 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
32
Situational Rule:
Required when tooth information was submitted on the original claim for this service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
TOO✱JP✱12✱L:O~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
JO
International Standard Designation System for Teeth and Areas of the Oral Cavity
Use when reporting areas of the oral cavity; do not use to report individual teeth.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
JP
Universal National Tooth Designation System
Use when reporting individual teeth; do not use when reporting areas of the oral cavity.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
Required
2
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Tooth Code
Situational
3
C005
Tooth Surface
O 1
To identify one or more tooth surface codes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the procedure code requires tooth surface codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
1369
Tooth Surface Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-2
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Additional tooth surface codes can be carried in TOO03-02 through TOO03-05. The code values are the same as in TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-3
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-4
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-5
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal

PWK*V4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Paperwork
X12 Purpose:
To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0506
    If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either PWK10 or PWK11 is present, then the other is required.
X12 Set Notes:
COMMENT: The 2225 loop may be used when there is a status notification or a request for additional information about a particular service line.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a service has been permanently transferred to another entity for processing and the Information Source can no longer provide status
AND
The entity in this loop is different or not present at the claim level (Loop ID-2210D). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. The PWK segment is syntactically required in order to use the Transfer To Entity data in Loop ID 2225D.
  2. This is not for COB reporting or when a service is transferred internally within the payer's system(s).
TR3 Example:
PWK✱V4✱✱✱TT~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
755
Report Type Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item
CODE
DEFINITION
V4
Change of Name and/or Address
Not Used
2
756
Report Transmission Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
3
757
Report Copies Needed
O 1
N
1/2
Required
4
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
TT
Transfer To
Not Used
5
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
8
C002
Actions Indicated
O 1
Not Used
9
1525
Request Category Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30

PER*IC - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱EDI HELP DESK✱TE✱8009999999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the contact name is known and is specific to the inquiries of the status of the transferred claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER08 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N1 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱PR✱TIMBUCKTU INSURANCE✱FI✱8888888888~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
AY
Clearinghouse
PR
Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
TV
Third Party Administrator (TPA)
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Name
Situational
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N104 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
PI
Payor Identification
Situational
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available to identify the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Identification
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N3 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line

N4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Postal Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Country
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

HL - DEPENDENT LEVEL

X12 Name:
Hierarchical Level
X12 Purpose:
To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data segments
X12 Comments:
  1. The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.
  2. The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when Loop 2000D HL04 = 1. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
When the patient is a dependent, the claim status response information is reflected in the 2200E Loop under the Dependent HL, 2000E Loop (HL03 = 23). See Section 1.4.2.1 for more information on defining the patient.
TR3 Example:
HL✱5✱4✱23~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
628
Hierarchical ID Number
M 1
AN
1/12
A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.
The first HL01 within each ST-SE envelope must begin with "1", and be incremented by one each time an HL is used in the transaction. Only numeric values are allowed in HL01.
Required
2
734
Hierarchical Parent ID Number
O 1
AN
1/12
Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data segment being described is subordinate to
COMMENT: HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.
Required
3
735
Hierarchical Level Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure
COMMENT: HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.
CODE
DEFINITION
23
Dependent
Not Used
4
736
Hierarchical Child Code
O 1
ID
1

NM1*QC - DEPENDENT NAME

X12 Name:
Individual or Organizational Name
X12 Purpose:
To supply the full name of an individual or organizational entity
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0809
    If either NM108 or NM109 is present, then the other is required.
  2. C1110
    If NM111 is present, then NM110 is required.
  3. C1203
    If NM112 is present, then NM103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
NM1✱QC✱1✱DOE✱SALLY✱J~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
QC
Patient
Required
2
1065
Entity Type Qualifier
M 1
ID
1
Code identifying the type of entity
SEMANTIC: NM102 qualifies NM103.
CODE
DEFINITION
1
Person
Required
3
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
X 1
AN
1/80
Individual last name or organizational name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C1203
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Last Name
Situational
4
1036
Name First
O 1
AN
1/35
Individual first name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a first name that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient First Name
Situational
5
1037
Name Middle
O 1
AN
1/25
Individual middle name or initial
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a middle name or initial that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Middle Name or Initial
Not Used
6
1038
Name Prefix
O 1
AN
1/10
Situational
7
1039
Name Suffix
O 1
AN
1/10
Suffix to individual name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the person has a name suffix that is known. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Patient Name Suffix
Not Used
8
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
9
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
10
706
Entity Relationship Code
X 1
ID
2
Not Used
11
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
12
1035
Name Last or Organization Name
O 1
AN
1/80

TRN*2 - CLAIM STATUS TRACE NUMBER

X12 Name:
Trace
X12 Purpose:
To uniquely identify a transaction to an application
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
This is the trace or reference number from the originator of the transaction that was provided for this patient's 276 request.
TR3 Example:
TRN✱2✱1722634842~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
481
Trace Type Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying which transaction is being referenced
CODE
DEFINITION
2
Referenced Transaction Trace Numbers
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
M 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEMANTIC: TRN02 provides unique identification for the transaction.
INDUSTRY NAME: Referenced Transaction Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
509
Originating Company Identifier
O 1
AN
10
Not Used
4
127
Reference Identification
O 1
AN
1/80

STC - CLAIM LEVEL STATUS INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Status Information
X12 Purpose:
To report the status, required action, and paid information of a claim or service line
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
>1
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.4 - Status Information (STC) Segment Usage for specific STC segment information related to the hierarchical level, composites and code use.
TR3 Example:
STC✱A1:20✱20110501✱✱50~ -or-STC✱F1:65✱20110511✱✱50✱40✱20110510✱✱20110510✱445321~ orSTC✱F2:88:G0✱20110501✱50✱0✱✱✱✱✱F2:27~ orSTC✱F2:79::RX✱20110501✱✱50✱0~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C043
Health Care Claim Status
M 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
Required
1-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. All Category Codes except 'Request for Additional Information' (R Category Codes) are allowable at this level.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC01-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
1-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
1-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code in STC01-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Required
2
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC02 is the effective date of the status information.
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Information Effective Date
This is the date the claim was placed in this status by the Information Source's adjudication process.
Not Used
3
306
Action Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Situational
4
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: STC04 is the total charge amount.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the response provides status on a claim found in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Total Claim Charge Amount
  1. The total claim charge may change from the submitted claim total charge based on claims processing instructions, i.e. claim splitting. Some payers may not store the original submitted charge. Some HMO encounters supply zero as the amount of original charges.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: STC05 is the amount paid.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and a remittance advice has been issued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Payment Amount
  1. Zero is an acceptable amount when no payment is being made.
  2. Some payers are able to provide the adjudicated payment amount prior to the remittance being issued.
  3. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
6
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC06 is the paid date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and a remittance advice has been issued. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Adjudication Finalized Date
  1. This is the date of approval or denial for the claim. This date may or may not be the same as the payment effective date from the remittance advice (STC08). In the 835, the payment effective date is BPR16.
  2. Some payers are able to provide the final claim adjudicated date prior to the remittance being issued.
Not Used
7
591
Payment Method Code
O 1
ID
3
Situational
8
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC08 is the check issue date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and this claim is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Date
  1. This is the payment effective date from the remittance advice. In the 835, this is the value in BPR16.
  2. This could include a non-payment remittance advice date if available from the Information Source's system.
Situational
9
429
Check Number
O 1
AN
1/16
Check identification number
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete and this claim is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Trace Number
  1. This is the unique identification number assigned to the payment in the remittance advice for tracking purposes. In the 835, this is the value from TRN02.
  2. This could include a non-payment remittance advice Trace Number (835 or paper) if available from the Information Source's system.
Situational
10
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC10-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
10-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
10-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code in STC01-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Situational
11
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC11-04 must have the value 'RX'.
  2. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code (Code Source 530).
Situational
11-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
11-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Code in STC11-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Not Used
12
933
Free-form Message Text
O 1
AN
1/264
Situational
13
1383
Claim Submission Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for claim submission
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the entire claim was submitted as a predetermination request. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Predetermination of Benefits Code
CODE
DEFINITION
08
Pre-Determination
Use when the claim is for a medical related predetermination (Professional or Institutional)
PB
Predetermination of Dental Benefits

REF*1K - PAYER CLAIM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a claim is located in the Information Source's system or when a payer claim control number was submitted on the 276, but did not result in a found claim for the submitted number. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.8 for Payer Claim Control Number Search and Response requirements.
TR3 Example:
REF✱1K✱9918046987~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
1K
Payor's Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Claim Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*BLT - INSTITUTIONAL BILL TYPE IDENTIFICATION

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when an institutional claim is located in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱BLT✱111~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
BLT
Billing Type
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Bill Type Identifier
  1. Concatenate the 837I CLM05-01 (Facility Type Code) and CLM05-03 (Claim Frequency Code) values.
    Code Source 236: Uniform Billing Claim Form Bill Type
    Code Source 235: Claim Frequency Type Code
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*X1 - PROVIDER'S ASSIGNED CLAIM IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier was submitted on the claim(s) found in the Information Source's system or when a Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier was submitted in the 276 transaction and a claim with that value was not found in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
The information returned in this segment may not match the information submitted in the 276 request when additional responses are returned based on other search criteria.
TR3 Example:
REF✱X1✱PT12345~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
X1
Provider Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier
  1. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
  2. For example, this is the value from CLM01 of an 837.
  3. The maximum number of characters to be supported for this qualifier is 35. Characters beyond the maximum are not required to be stored or returned by the receiving system.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*XZ - PHARMACY PRESCRIPTION NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Pharmacy Prescription Number was submitted on the 276 request or when available on claims located in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱XZ✱1234567~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
XZ
Pharmacy Prescription Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Pharmacy Prescription Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*VV - VOUCHER IDENTIFIER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a voucher identifier is associated with the response claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
Some payers assign voucher identifiers to a group of claims as part of the payment process prior to payment being issued.
TR3 Example:
REF✱VV✱V123~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
VV
Voucher
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Voucher Identifier
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*D9 - CLAIM IDENTIFIER FOR TRANSMISSION INTERMEDIARIES

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when received on the 276 status request. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱D9✱TJ98UU321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
D9
Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Clearinghouse Trace Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

REF*Y4 - PROPERTY & CASUALTY CLAIM NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a Property & Casualty Claim Number has been established by the Property & Casualty payer for the claim (bill) reported in the Payer Claim Control Number REF Segment. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱Y4✱4445555~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
Y4
Agency Claim Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Property Casualty Claim Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the claim is not a predetermination and service level dates (Loop-ID 2220) are not reported on all service lines. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
  1. For 837 Institutional claims, it is the statement period in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=434). For 837 Professional claims this information is derived from the earliest service level dates in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date. For 837 Dental claims it is the service date at the claim level in Loop-ID 2300 (DTP01=472) or when not reported at Loop-ID 2300, it is derived from the earliest service level date in Loop-ID 2400 (DTP01=472) to the latest service level date.
  2. When reporting a claim level date, use the date from the Information Source's system for claim matches, otherwise return the date from the 276 status request.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220401-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Service Period

DTP*050 - CLAIM RECEIVED DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Required
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a claim is located in the Information Source's system. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
This is the date the claim was received by the payer.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱050✱D8✱20221030~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
050
Received
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Claim Received Date

PWK*V4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Paperwork
X12 Purpose:
To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0506
    If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either PWK10 or PWK11 is present, then the other is required.
X12 Set Notes:
COMMENT: The 2210 loop may be used when there is a status notification or a request for additional information about a particular claim.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a claim has been permanently transferred to another entity for processing and the Information Source can no longer provide status. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. The PWK segment is syntactically required in order to use the Transfer to Entity data in Loop ID 2210E.
  2. This is not for COB reporting or when a service is transferred internally within the payer's system(s).
TR3 Example:
PWK✱V4✱✱✱TT~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
755
Report Type Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item
CODE
DEFINITION
V4
Change of Name and/or Address
Not Used
2
756
Report Transmission Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
3
757
Report Copies Needed
O 1
N
1/2
Required
4
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
TT
Transfer To
Not Used
5
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
8
C002
Actions Indicated
O 1
Not Used
9
1525
Request Category Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30

PER*IC - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱EDI HELP DESK✱TE✱8009999999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the contact name is known and is specific to the inquiries of the status of the transferred claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER08 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N1 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱PR✱TIMBUCKTU INSURANCE✱FI✱8888888888~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
AY
Clearinghouse
PR
Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
TV
Third Party Administrator (TPA)
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Name
Situational
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N104 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
PI
Payor Identification
Situational
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available to identify the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Identification
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N3 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line

N4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Postal Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Country
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

SVC - SERVICE LINE INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Service Information
X12 Purpose:
To supply payment and control information to a provider for a particular service
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when service line level status varies by service line or when a service line status is different than the claim-level status or when the 276 made a service specific request. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Notes:
  1. For Institutional claims, when both an NUBC revenue code and a HCPCS or HIPPS code are reported, the HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in SVC01-02 and the revenue code is reported in SVC04. When only a revenue code is used, it is reported in SVC01-02.
  2. When a service specific claim status request is received, the claim status response may include additional service lines applicable to the claim.
TR3 Example:
SVC✱HC:99214✱75✱50✱✱✱✱1~ orSVC✱NU:0710✱50✱0✱✱✱✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
M 1
To identify a medical procedure by its standardized codes and applicable modifiers
SEMANTIC: SVC01 is the medical procedure upon which adjudication is based.
COMMENT: For Medicare Part A claims, SVC01 would be the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Code (see code source 130) and SVC04 would be the Revenue Code (see code source 132).
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C003-01 qualifies C003-02 and C003-08.
  2. If C003-08 is used, then C003-02 represents the beginning value in the range in which the code occurs.
  3. C003-03 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  4. C003-04 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  5. C003-05 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  6. C003-06 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  7. C003-07 is the description of the procedure identified in C003-02.
  8. C003-08 represents the ending value in the range in which the code occurs.
  9. C003-09 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  10. C003-10 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  11. C003-11 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
  12. C003-12 modifies the value in C003-02 and C003-08.
SVC01-02 contains the adjudicated procedure code. This code may be different than the original submitted procedure code based on the payer's claim processing.
Required
1-1
235
Product/Service ID Qualifier
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)
INDUSTRY NAME: Product or Service ID Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
AD
American Dental Association Codes
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
ER
Jurisdiction Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
Use when applicable for Property & Casualty claims
CODE SOURCE: 576: Workers Compensation Specific Procedure and Supply Codes
HC
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Codes
Use when reporting HCPCS or CPT codes. AMA's CPT codes are level 1 HCPCS codes.
CODE SOURCE: 130: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System
HP
Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
CODE SOURCE: 716: Health Insurance Prospective Payment System (HIPPS) Rate Code
N4
National Drug Code in 5-4-2 Format
CODE SOURCE: 240: National Drug Code by Format
NU
National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) UB92 Codes
Use when reporting a NUBC Revenue Code
CODE SOURCE: 132: National Uniform Billing Committee (NUBC) Codes
Required
1-2
234
Product/Service ID
M 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
INDUSTRY NAME: Procedure Code
If the value in SVC01-01 is "NU", then this is an NUBC Revenue Code. If the revenue code is present here, then SVC04 is not used.
Situational
1-3
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-4
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-5
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-6
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Not Used
1-7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
1-8
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Situational
1-9
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-10
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-11
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Situational
1-12
1339
Procedure Modifier
O 1
AN
2
This identifies special circumstances related to the performance of the service, as defined by trading partners
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when modifiers have been applied to the procedure code reported in SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
2
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SVC02 is the submitted service charge.
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Charge Amount
  1. This is the line item total on the current claim service status.
  2. Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Required
3
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Monetary amount
SEMANTIC: SVC03 is the amount paid this service.
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Payment Amount
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount for more information about this data element length.
Situational
4
234
Product/Service ID
O 1
AN
1/80
Identifying number for a product or service
SEMANTIC: SVC04 is the National Uniform Billing Committee Revenue Code.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required on institutional claims to report a NUBC revenue code when a HCPCS or HIPPS code is reported in the SVC01-02. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Revenue Code
Not Used
5
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Not Used
6
C003
Composite Medical Procedure Identifier
O 1
Required
7
380
Quantity
O 1
R
1/15
Numeric value of quantity
SEMANTIC: SVC07 is the original submitted units of service.
INDUSTRY NAME: Units of Service Count
A zero or negative value is not allowed.

STC - SERVICE LINE STATUS INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Status Information
X12 Purpose:
To report the status, required action, and paid information of a claim or service line
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
>1
TR3 Notes:
See Section 1.4.4 - Status Information (STC) Segment Usage for specific STC segment information related to the hierarchical level, composites and code use.
TR3 Example:
STC✱F1:65✱20110501~ orSTC✱A3:110✱20110501✱✱✱✱✱✱✱✱A3:400~ orSTC✱F2:79::RX✱20110501~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
C043
Health Care Claim Status
M 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
Required
1-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. All Category Codes except 'Request for Additional Information' (R Category Codes) are allowable at this level.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
1-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC01-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
1-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
1-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code in STC01-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Required
2
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC02 is the effective date of the status information.
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Information Effective Date
This is the date the service was placed in this status by the Information Source's adjudication process.
Not Used
3
306
Action Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
4
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Not Used
5
782
Monetary Amount
O 1
R
1/18
Situational
6
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC06 is the paid date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete, this service is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider AND the payment information for this service is different from the claim level payment information. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Adjudication Finalized Date
  1. This is the date of approval or denial for the service. This date may or may not be the same as the payment effective date from the remittance advice (STC08). In the 835, the payment effective date is BPR16.
  2. Some payers are able to provide the final service adjudicated date prior to the remittance being issued.
Not Used
7
591
Payment Method Code
O 1
ID
3
Situational
8
373
Date
O 1
DT
8
Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two digits of the calendar year
SEMANTIC: STC08 is the check issue date.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete, this service is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider AND the payment information for this service is different from the claim level payment information. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Date
  1. This could include a non-payment remittance advice date if available from the Information Source's system.
  2. This is the payment effective date from the remittance advice. In the 835, this is the value in BPR16.
Situational
9
429
Check Number
O 1
AN
1/16
Check identification number
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the remittance cycle is complete, this service is included on a payment that is reported in an 835 or paper remittance to the provider AND the payment information for this service is different from the claim level payment information. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
INDUSTRY NAME: Remittance Trace Number
  1. This is the unique identification number assigned to the payment in the remittance advice for tracking purposes. In the 835, this is the value from TRN02.
  2. This could include a non-payment remittance advice Trace Number (835 or paper) if available from the Information Source's system.
Situational
10
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
10-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
10-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC10-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
10-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
10-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code in STC10-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Situational
11
C043
Health Care Claim Status
O 1
Used to convey status of the entire claim or a specific service line
X12 COMPOSITE SEMANTIC NOTES:
  1. C043-01 (Claim Status Category Codes, Code Source 507) is used to specify the logical groupings of codes used in C043-02.
  2. C043-02 is used to identify the status of an entire claim or a service line. Code Source 508 is referenced unless qualified by C043-04.
  3. C043-03 identifies the entity associated with the Health Care Claim Status Code.
  4. C043-04 is used to identify the Code Source referenced in C043-02.
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when additional status information is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
11-1
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
  1. See STC01-01 for valid values.
  2. CODE SOURCE 507: Health Care Claim Status Category Code
Required
11-2
1271
Industry Code
M 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
INDUSTRY NAME: Status Code
  1. The Status Code is either a Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code (Code Source 530).
  2. The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes may be used for status related to pharmacy claims. When these codes are used, STC11-04 must have the value 'RX'.
Situational
11-3
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when an entity must be identified to further clarify the status code in this composite data element. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion but cannot be required by the receiver.
See STC01-03 for valid values.
CODE
DEFINITION
03
Dependent
1P
Provider
1U
Long Term Care Facility
1W
Psychiatric Health Facility
1X
Laboratory
2B
Third-Party Administrator
36
Employer
3F
Rehabilitation Facility
3T
Alcoholism and Other Chemical Dependency Facility
40
Receiver
41
Submitter
45
Drop-off Location
4Z
Hospice
71
Attending Physician
72
Operating Physician
73
Other Physician
74
Corrected Insured
77
Service Location
82
Rendering Provider
85
Billing Provider
87
Pay-to Provider
AY
Clearinghouse
DD
Assistant Surgeon
DK
Ordering Physician
DN
Referring Provider
DQ
Supervising Physician
FA
Facility
GB
Other Insured
GK
Previous Insured
HH
Home Health Agency
I3
Independent Physicians Association (IPA)
IL
Insured or Subscriber
MSC
Mammography Screening Center
O4
Factor
Use when identifying a Pay to Factoring Agent.
OD
Doctor of Optometry
OOP
Other Operating Physician
P2
Primary Insured or Subscriber
P3
Primary Care Provider
PR
Payer
PRP
Primary Payer
PTP
Pay-to Plan Name
PW
Pickup Address
QA
Pharmacy
QB
Purchase Service Provider
QC
Patient
QE
Policyholder
QL
Chiropractor
QN
Dentist
QO
Doctor of Osteopathy
QS
Podiatrist
QY
Medical Doctor
S4
Skilled Nursing Facility
SEP
Secondary Payer
TQ
Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)
TTP
Tertiary Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
X3
Utilization Management Organization
X5
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier
ZZ
Mutually Defined
Use when established by trading partner agreement, only when one of the other specific entity codes listed does not apply.
Situational
11-4
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
O 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when using a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code in STC11-02 for status related to a pharmacy claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
RX
National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
CODE SOURCE: 530: National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject Codes
Not Used
12
933
Free-form Message Text
O 1
AN
1/264
Situational
13
1383
Claim Submission Reason Code
O 1
ID
2
Code identifying reason for claim submission
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the service line was submitted as a predetermination request. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Predetermination of Benefits Code
CODE
DEFINITION
08
Pre-Determination
Use when the service line is for a medical related predetermination (Professional or Institutional)
PB
Predetermination of Dental Benefits

REF*6R - LINE ITEM CONTROL NUMBER

X12 Name:
Reference Information
X12 Purpose:
To specify identifying information
X12 Syntax:
R0203
At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a Service Line Item Control Number was submitted on the claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
REF✱6R✱54321~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
128
Reference Identification Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the Reference Identification
CODE
DEFINITION
6R
Provider Control Number
Required
2
127
Reference Identification
X 1
AN
1/80
Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Line Item Control Number
Refer to Appendix B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification for more information about this data element length.
Not Used
3
352
Description
X 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
4
C040
Reference Identifier
O 1

DTP*472 - SERVICE DATE

X12 Name:
Date or Time or Period
X12 Purpose:
To specify any or all of a date, a time, or a time period
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a service level date was submitted on the claim for this service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
DTP✱472✱RD8✱20220401-20220402~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
374
Date/Time Qualifier
M 1
ID
3
Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time
INDUSTRY NAME: Date Time Qualifier
CODE
DEFINITION
472
Service
Required
2
1250
Date Time Period Format Qualifier
M 1
ID
2/3
Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format
SEMANTIC: DTP02 is the date or time or period format that will appear in DTP03.
CODE
DEFINITION
D8
Date Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD
RD8
Range of Dates Expressed in Format CCYYMMDD-CCYYMMDD
Required
3
1251
Date Time Period
M 1
AN
1/35
Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times
INDUSTRY NAME: Service Line Date

TOO - TOOTH INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Tooth Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a tooth by number and, if applicable, one or more tooth surfaces
X12 Syntax:
P0102
If either TOO01 or TOO02 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
32
Situational Rule:
Required when tooth information was submitted on the original claim for this service. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Example:
TOO✱JP✱12✱L:O~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Code identifying a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
CODE
DEFINITION
JO
International Standard Designation System for Teeth and Areas of the Oral Cavity
Use when reporting areas of the oral cavity; do not use to report individual teeth.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
JP
Universal National Tooth Designation System
Use when reporting individual teeth; do not use when reporting areas of the oral cavity.
CODE SOURCE: 135: American Dental Association
Required
2
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30
Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0102
INDUSTRY NAME: Oral Cavity Area/Tooth Code
Situational
3
C005
Tooth Surface
O 1
To identify one or more tooth surface codes
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the procedure code requires tooth surface codes. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Required
3-1
1369
Tooth Surface Code
M 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-2
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
Additional tooth surface codes can be carried in TOO03-02 through TOO03-05. The code values are the same as in TOO03-01.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-3
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-4
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal
Situational
3-5
1369
Tooth Surface Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Code identifying the area of the tooth that was treated
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when it is necessary to report an additional tooth surface. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
B
Buccal
D
Distal
F
Facial
I
Incisal
L
Lingual
M
Mesial
O
Occlusal

PWK*V4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Paperwork
X12 Purpose:
To identify the type or transmission or both of paperwork or supporting information
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0506
    If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P1011
    If either PWK10 or PWK11 is present, then the other is required.
X12 Set Notes:
COMMENT: The 2225 loop may be used when there is a status notification or a request for additional information about a particular service line.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when a service has been permanently transferred to another entity for processing and the Information Source can no longer provide status
AND
The entity in this loop is different or not present at the claim level (Loop ID-2210E). If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
TR3 Notes:
  1. The PWK segment is syntactically required in order to use the Transfer To Entity data in Loop ID 2225E.
  2. This is not for COB reporting or when a service is transferred internally within the payer's system(s).
TR3 Example:
PWK✱V4✱✱✱TT~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
755
Report Type Code
M 1
ID
2
Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item
CODE
DEFINITION
V4
Change of Name and/or Address
Not Used
2
756
Report Transmission Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
3
757
Report Copies Needed
O 1
N
1/2
Required
4
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
TT
Transfer To
Not Used
5
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Not Used
7
352
Description
O 1
AN
1/80
Not Used
8
C002
Actions Indicated
O 1
Not Used
9
1525
Request Category Code
O 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
10
1270
Code List Qualifier Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
11
1271
Industry Code
X 1
AN
1/30

PER*IC - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CONTACT INFORMATION

X12 Name:
Administrative Communications Contact
X12 Purpose:
To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed
X12 Syntax:
  1. P0304
    If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.
  2. P0506
    If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.
  3. P0708
    If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Notes:
When the communication number represents a telephone number in the United States and other countries using the North American Dialing Plan (for voice, data, fax, etc.), the communication number must always include the area code and phone number using the format AAABBBCCCC where AAA is the area code, BBB is the telephone number prefix, and CCCC is the telephone number. Therefore, the following telephone number (555) 555-1234 would be represented as 5555551234. Do not submit long distance access numbers, such as 1, in the telephone number. Telephone extensions, when applicable, must be submitted in the next element immediately following the telephone number. When submitting telephone extensions, only submit the numeric extension, do not include data that indicates an extension, such as "ext" or "x-".
TR3 Example:
PER✱IC✱EDI HELP DESK✱TE✱8009999999~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
366
Contact Function Code
M 1
ID
2
Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named
CODE
DEFINITION
IC
Information Contact
Situational
2
93
Name
O 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the contact name is known and is specific to the inquiries of the status of the transferred claim. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Contact
Required
3
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
CODE
DEFINITION
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Required
4
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
5
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER06 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
6
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0506
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Situational
7
365
Communication Number Qualifier
X 1
ID
2
Code identifying the type of communication number
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when PER08 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
EX
Telephone Extension
TE
Telephone
UR
Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
Situational
8
364
Communication Number
X 1
AN
1/2048
Complete communications number including country or area code when applicable
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0708
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the payer needs to provide additional information associated with the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Payer Contact Communication Number
Not Used
9
443
Contact Inquiry Reference
O 1
AN
1/20

N1 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY NAME

X12 Name:
Party Identification
X12 Purpose:
To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code
X12 Syntax:
  1. R0203
    At least one of N102 or N103 is required.
  2. P0304
    If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.
  3. C0703
    If N107 is present, then N103 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
N1✱PR✱TIMBUCKTU INSURANCE✱FI✱8888888888~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
98
Entity Identifier Code
M 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an individual
CODE
DEFINITION
AY
Clearinghouse
PR
Payer
TU
Third Party Repricing Organization (TPO)
TV
Third Party Administrator (TPA)
Required
2
93
Name
X 1
AN
1/60
Free-form name
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Name
Situational
3
66
Identification Code Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Code specifying the system/method of code structure used for Identification Code (67)
SEGMENT SYNTAX: R0203, P0304, C0703
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when N104 is used. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
CODE
DEFINITION
FI
Federal Taxpayer's Identification Number
PI
Payor Identification
Situational
4
67
Identification Code
X 1
AN
2/80
Code identifying a party or other code
COMMENT: This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: P0304
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when available to identify the transfer to entity. If not required by this implementation guide do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Identification
Not Used
5
706
Entity Relationship Code
O 1
ID
2
Not Used
6
98
Entity Identifier Code
O 1
ID
2/3
Not Used
7
C076
Composite Identification Codes
O 1

N3 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY ADDRESS

X12 Name:
Party Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the location of the named party
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N3✱123 MAIN STREET~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
166
Address Information
M 1
AN
1/55
Address information
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line
Situational
2
166
Address Information
O 1
AN
1/55
Address information
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when a second address line is needed. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Address Line

N4 - TRANSFER TO ENTITY CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE

X12 Name:
Geographic Location
X12 Purpose:
To specify the geographic place of the named party
X12 Syntax:
  1. E0207
    Only one of N402 or N407 may be present.
  2. E0308
    Only one of N403 or N408 may be present.
  3. C0605
    If N406 is present, then N405 is required.
  4. C0704
    If N407 is present, then N404 is required.
Loop:
Loop Usage:
Situational
Segment Usage:
Situational
Segment Repeat:
1
Situational Rule:
Required when the Information Source can provide the physical address of the Transfer to Entity. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.
TR3 Example:
N4✱KANSAS CITY✱MO✱64108~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
19
City Name
O 1
AN
2/30
Free-form text for city name
COMMENT: A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to City Name
Situational
2
156
State or Province Code
X 1
ID
2
Code specifying the Standard State/Province as defined by appropriate government agency
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0207
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to State Code
CODE SOURCE 22: States and Provinces
Situational
3
116
Postal Code
X 1
ID
3/15
Code specifying international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks (zip code for United States)
COMMENT: N403 contains the postal code in an unstructured format. N408 contains the postal code in a structured format. When a postal code data field is used, the parties shall agree as to which data element (N403 or N408) shall be used in the transaction set.
SEGMENT SYNTAX: E0308
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is in the United States of America, including its territories, or Canada, or when a postal code exists for the country in N404. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Postal Code
  • CODE SOURCE 51: ZIP Code
  • CODE SOURCE 932: Universal Postal Codes
Situational
4
26
Country Code
X 1
ID
2/3
Code identifying the country
SEGMENT SYNTAX: C0704
SITUATIONAL RULE: Required when the address is outside the United States of America. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.
INDUSTRY NAME: Transfer to Entity Country
Use the alpha-2 country codes from Part 1 of ISO 3166.
CODE SOURCE 5: Countries, Currencies and Funds
Not Used
5
309
Location Qualifier
X 1
ID
1/2
Not Used
6
310
Location Identifier
O 1
AN
1/30
Not Used
7
1715
Country Subdivision Code
X 1
ID
1/3
Not Used
8
1702
Postal Code-Formatted
X 1
AN
3/20

SE - TRANSACTION SET TRAILER

X12 Name:
Transaction Set Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)
X12 Comments:
SE is the last segment of each transaction set.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
SE✱24✱0002~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
96
Number of Included Segments
M 1
N
1/10
Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE segments
INDUSTRY NAME: Transaction Segment Count
Required
2
329
Transaction Set Control Number
M 1
AN
4/9
Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set
The Transaction Set Control Number in ST02 and SE02 must be identical.

GE - FUNCTIONAL GROUP TRAILER

X12 Name:
Functional Group Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To indicate the end of a functional group and to provide control information
X12 Comments:
The use of identical data interchange control numbers in the associated functional group header and trailer is designed to maximize functional group integrity. The control number is the same as that used in the corresponding header.
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
GE✱1✱1~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
97
Number of Transaction Sets Included
M 1
N
1/6
Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element
Required
2
28
Group Control Number
M 1
N
1/9
Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender
SEMANTIC: The data interchange control number GE02 in this trailer must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group header, GS06.

IEA - INTERCHANGE CONTROL TRAILER

X12 Name:
Interchange Control Trailer
X12 Purpose:
To define the end of an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments
Segment Usage:
Required
Segment Repeat:
1
TR3 Example:
IEA✱1✱000000905~
USAGE
SEQ
D.E. NUM
NAME
ATTRIBUTES
Required
1
I16
Number of Included Functional Groups
M 1
N
1/5
A count of the number of functional groups included in an interchange
Required
2
I12
Interchange Control Number
M 1
N
9
A control number assigned by the interchange sender
The Value in IEA02 must be identical to the value in ISA13.
logo

276/277 Health Care Claim Status Request and Response (008020X329)

SEPTEMBER 2021

Copyright © 2008-21, X12 Incorporated, Format © 2008-21 Washington Publishing Company. Exclusively published by the Washington Publishing Company. No part of this publication may be distributed, posted, reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of the copyright owner.

All rights reserved.

Abstract

The Health Care Claim Status Request and Response Implementation Guide describes the use of the X12 Health Care Claim Status Request (276) and the X12 Health Care Information Status Request (277) transaction sets for the following business usage:

  • Focuses on the use of the 276 to request the status of a health care claim(s) and the 277 to respond with the information regarding the specified claim(s).
  • Provides detailed explanations of the transaction sets by defining uniform data content, identifying valid code tables, and specifying values applicable for the business focus of the 276 Health Care Claim Status Request and the 277 Health Care Claim Status Response.

Preface

X12 standards are developed to identify the broadest data requirements for a transaction set. Type 3 Technical Reports (TR3), also known as implementation guides, define the explicit data requirements for a specific business purpose. Trading partners who implement according to the instructions in this TR3 can exchange data consistently with multiple trading partners.

As X12 does not define transport requirements, trading partners define their specific transport requirements separately.

1.1 Implementation Purpose and Scope

For the health care industry to achieve the potential administrative cost savings with Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), standards have been developed to facilitate consistent implementation by all organizations. To facilitate a smooth transition into the EDI environment, uniform implementation is critical.

The purpose of this implementation guide is to provide standardized data requirements and content for all users of the X12 Health Care Claim Status Request (276) and the X12 Health Care Information Status Notification (277). This implementation guide focuses on the use of the 276 to request the status of a health care claim(s) and the 277 to respond with the information regarding the specified claim(s). This implementation guide provides detailed explanations of the transaction sets by defining uniform data content, identifying valid code tables, and specifying values applicable for the business focus of the 276 Health Care Claim Status Request and the 277 Health Care Claim Status Response. The intention of the developers of the 276 and 277 is represented in the guide.

Entities using the 276 to request health care claim status include, but are not limited to, hospitals, nursing homes, laboratories, physicians, dentists, allied professional groups, employers, and supplemental (i.e., other than primary payer) health care claims adjudication processors.

Organizations sending the 277 response include payers, who may be insurance companies; third party administrators; service corporations; state and federal agencies and their contractors; and any other entity that processes health care claims.

Other business partners affiliated with the 276 and/or the 277 include billing services; consulting services; vendors of systems; software and EDI translators; and EDI network intermediaries such as Automated Clearing Houses (ACHs), Value-Added Networks (VANs), and telecommunications services.

1.2 Version Information

This implementation guide is based on the October 2020 X12 standards, referred to as Version 8, Release 2 (008020).

The unique Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code for transaction sets that are defined by this implementation guide is 008020X329.

The two-character Functional Identifier Code for the transaction set included in this implementation guide:

  • HR   Health Care Claim Status Request (276)
  • HN   Health Care Information Status Notification (277)

The Version/Release/Industry Identifier Code and the applicable Functional Identifier Code must be transmitted in the Functional Group Header (GS segment) that begins a functional group of these transaction sets. For more information, see the descriptions of GS01 and GS08 in Appendix C EDI Control Directory.

1.3.1 Batch and Real-Time Usage

There are multiple methods available for sending and receiving business transactions electronically. Two common modes for EDI transactions are batch and real-time.

Batch - In a batch mode the sender does not remain connected while the receiver processes the transactions. Processing is usually completed according to a set schedule. If there is an associated business response transaction (such as a 271 Response to a 270 Request for Eligibility), the receiver creates the response transaction and stores it for future delivery or transmits the response transaction back to the sender of the original transaction. The sender of the original transmission reconnects at a later time and picks up the response transaction. Note: The sender of the original transmission may not always be the entity that picks up the response transaction at a later time (e.g. Provider submitting through a clearinghouse.)

Real-Time - In real-time mode the sender remains connected while the receiver processes the transactions and returns a response transaction to the sender. This implementation guide does not set specific response time parameters for implementers.

This implementation guide was based on requirements for batch and real-time modes. Willing trading partners may use batch or real-time mode.

1.3.2 Other Usage Limitations

There are other usage limitations.

1.3.2.1 Real-Time and Batch Transmissions

The Claim Status Request and Response transaction may be sent in batch or real-time. If trading partners are going to engage in both transmission options, it is recommended they establish a method for identifying the difference.

Real-Time Limitations

  • The 276 must only contain one status request (a single 2200D or 2200E loop). The 277 may return multiple responses (multiple 2200D or 2200E loops) depending on the specificity of the request criteria and the payer's system capabilities.
  • Date search criteria may vary by payer. This includes date ranges or available history.

Batch Limitations

  • This implementation supports the sending and receiving of multiple claim status requests and responses within the Transaction.
  • When requesting and responding to claim status for both a subscriber and a dependent of that subscriber, the Subscriber HL Loop 2000D must be followed by the subscriber's claim status data, Loop 2200D. Then the Subscriber HL Loop 2000D must be repeated prior to the dependent HL Loop 2000E and their corresponding claim status data, Loop 2200E. See Section 1.4.3.3 - Claim and Service Loop Placement for an example of this structure.
  • Date search criteria may vary by payer. This includes date ranges or available history.

1.3.2.2 Claim Status Category Codes

  • The 'Request for Additional Information' Claims Status Category Codes (R codes) are excluded from use in this implementation.
  • The usage of the other allowable Category Codes vary by Hierarchical levels. See Section 1.4.4.2 - Status Response Levels for those variations.

1.3.2.3 277 Business Functions

Additional 277 business functions that are not in direct response to a Claim Status Request (276) are not supported in this implementation. See Section 1.4.6 - 277 Transaction Uses, for additional information on the varied 277 business functions.

1.4 Business Usage

The X12 Health Care Claim Status Request and Response (276/277) implementation guide addresses the paired usage of the 276 as a request for claim status and the 277 as a response to that request. The 276 is used to transmit request(s) to obtain the status of specific health care claim(s) within a payer's adjudication process. It can also be used to request status information on a previously submitted predetermination. The payer uses the 277 to transmit the current system status of those requested claims or predeterminations. Claim history parameters may vary by payers and systems.

Status information can be requested and responded to at the claim and/or service level. The 276 provides information that is necessary for the payer to identify the specific claim(s) in question. Some primary or unique identifying element(s) may be supplied to obtain an exact match for that request. However, when the 276 does not uniquely identify the claim within the payer's system, the response may include multiple claims that meet the parameters supplied by the requester.

Figure 1.1 - Information Flow for Claim Status Request/Response, illustrates the flow of information for the 276 Health Care Claim Status Request and the 277 Health Care Claim Status Response.

Figure 1.1 - Information Flow for Claim Status Request/Response

Information Flow for Claim Status Request/Response

1.4.1 Health Care Transaction Flow

Each X12 implementation guide explains how to use X12 transaction sets to meet a single defined business purpose. The diagrams found at https://www.x12.org/flow depict the business functions supported by the X12 health care implementation guides.

1.4.2 Transaction Participants

The hierarchical level structure is used to identify and relate the participants involved in the transaction. The relationships between the hierarchical levels are described by the hierarchical level code data elements, also known as HL01 and HL02. The data element, HL03, identifies the participants within the transaction. The hierarchical structure and participants are the same for both the 276 and 277. The participants described are as follows:

When HL03 = 20, the hierarchical level contains the Information Source. This entity is the decision maker in the business transaction. For this business use, this entity is the payer who has the current status information for the specified claims.

When HL03 = 21, the hierarchical level contains the Information Receiver. This entity expects the response from the Information Source. For this business use, this entity can be a provider, a provider group, a claims clearinghouse, a service bureau, an agency, an employer, a Factoring Agent, etc. This entity will be identified via their electronic ID as the sender of the 276 Request and receiver of the 277 Response.

When HL03 = 19, the hierarchical level contains the Provider of Service. This entity delivered the health care service. Provider of Service is generic in that this could be the entity that originally submitted the claim (Billing Provider) or may be the entity that provided or participated in some aspect of the health care (Rendering Provider).

When HL03 = 22, the hierarchical level contains the Insured or Subscriber information. This entity is the contract holder of the health care benefits. This entity may or may not be the recipient of the health care service rendered. See Section 1.4.2.1 - Defining the "Patient" Participant, for more information on this entity.

When HL03 = 23, the hierarchical level contains the Dependent information. This entity is eligible for health care benefits due to their relationship to the subscriber. When this HL is reported, this entity is the recipient of the health care service rendered. See Section 1.4.2.1 - Defining the "Patient" Participant, for more information on this entity.

The Information Receiver and the Service Provider hierarchical levels have a unique relationship. Information Receiver refers to the entity that processes the detailed information contained within the transaction set. In some cases, the Information Receiver is an entity acting on behalf of the Service Provider. When this occurs, the entity is described when HL03 = 21, and the Provider of Service is described when HL03 = 19. In other instances, the Information Receiver is also the Service Provider. When this occurs, the same entity is described at two hierarchical levels - when HL03 = 21 and when HL03 = 19.

The coding examples are presented sequentially as found within an actual transaction set. However, for reading ease each segment begins on a new line.

The following example demonstrates the coding of the segments and data elements within the Information Source hierarchical level:

HL*1**20*1~
NM1*PR*2*ABC INSURANCE*****PI*12345~

The following is a coding example of the Information Receiver hierarchical level:

HL*2*1*21*1~
NM1*41*2*XYZ SERVICE*****46*X67E~

The following is a coding example of the Service Provider hierarchical level:

HL*3*2*19*1~
NM1*85*2*HOME MEDICAL*****XX*1666666666~

The following is a coding example of the Subscriber Hierarchical level:

HL*4*3*22*1~
NM1*IL*1*MANN*JOHN****MI*345678901~

The following is a coding example of the Dependent Hierarchical level:

HL*5*4*23~
NM1*QC*1*MANN*JOSEPH~

1.4.2.1 Defining the "Patient" Participant

Subscriber Loop 2000D and Dependent Loop 2000E identify the patient for whom a claim status inquiry is being generated. When reporting status at the patient level (see Section 1.4.4.2 - Status Response Levels), Loop 2000D is always used. Loop 2000E is used only when necessary to identify a patient who is a dependent that does not have a unique identification number.

  • When the patient is the subscriber, only Loop 2000D is used. Loop 2000E is not used.
  • When the patient is a dependent and their identification number is the same as the subscriber's, Loop 2000D is used to identify the subscriber and Loop 2000E is used to identify the subscriber's dependent. This structure is more common in traditional group insurance where a patient is identified within the primary subscriber identifier.
  • When the patient is a dependent and they have a unique identification number (different from the subscriber), the patient is considered to be the subscriber and must be reported in Loop 2000D. Loop 2000E is not used. This situation is common when an insurance company issues a unique insurance identification number to each individual insured.

1.4.3 Claim and Service Information

Unlike the Transaction Participants, specific claim and service details are not given a hierarchical level. Claim and Service details are positioned in the same hierarchical level that describes its owner-participant, either the Subscriber or the Dependent. The claim(s) details are said to "float". That means the claim(s) details are placed at the Subscriber hierarchical level (2200D) when the patient is the subscriber or a uniquely identified dependent. The claim(s) details are placed at the Dependent hierarchical level (2200E) when the patient is the dependent of the subscriber and not uniquely identified. The specific claim(s) in question are described in Loop 2200 in both the 276 and 277 transactions, while the service information follows the claim data in Loop 2210 of the 276 and Loop 2220 of the 277.

1.4.3.1 The Claim

The 276 and 277 Loop 2200 may contain different segments, with the exception of the TRN Segment (Claim Status Trace Number). However, the intent of the loop is similar in both transactions. The provider and payer may identify the claim within their respective system using different data. As a result, the segments used for the request (276) may differ from the segments returned in the response (277).

When claim status is requested, the provider supplies data that helps the payer locate the claim(s). The provider may send general claim data such as dates of service, claim amount or bill type in an effort to receive status on multiple claims with those same attributes. When the provider includes claim specific identifiers, such as the Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier or the Payer Claim Control Number, they are indicating to the payer that the search and response be narrowed to very specific claims. Use of the Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier in the payer's search and matching criteria may be helpful in narrowing the response to specific claims for which the provider has requested status. See Section 1.4.8 - Payer Claim Control Number Search and Response for specific search and response requirements when the Payer Claim Control Number is submitted in the 276 request.

Reassociation of the response to the original request is a necessity of the 276/277 paired transaction. The reassociation is accomplished with a unique trace or reference number identified in the TRN Segment (Claim Status Trace Number), Data Element (TRN02). This number is determined by the originator (Information Receiver) of the 276 and must be returned in the 277 by the sender (Information Source). The 277 response TRN02 must contain the same value that was submitted in the 276 request. The only exception for not returning the 2200D or 2200E TRN segment in the 277 is when a rejection status is reported at the Information Receiver Level. In this instance, the lower level (child) HL is not used. See Section 1.4.4.2 - Status Response Levels, for details on an Information Receiver Level rejection.

1.4.3.2 The Service

The service information follows the claim data in Loop 2210 (Service Line Information) of the 276 and Loop 2220 (Service Line Information) of the 277. Some payers' adjudication systems support service line information. When the requester is inquiring on the status of a specific service, Loop 2210 must be populated in the 276. When the payer is reporting the status of a specific service, Loop 2220 must be populated in the 277.

Similar to the claim level, the provider may send general service data such as dates of service, amount and procedure codes in an effort to receive status on multiple services and claims with those same attributes. When the provider includes a Line Item Control Number, they are indicating to the payer that the search and response be narrowed to a very specific service line on a previously submitted claim. Use of the Line Item Control Number in the payer's service level search and matching criteria may be helpful in narrowing the response to the specific services for which the provider has requested status.

For Service line status requests and responses, the SVC segment (Service Line Information) is used to report the actual service (procedure) data. The SVC Segment is returned by the payer indicating the adjudicated procedure code.

Due to the payer's adjudication processes and policies, service line data may be changed as a result of bundling or unbundling. In this case, the service line(s) returned in the 277 may be different than those submitted in the 276. Procedure code bundling or unbundling occurs when a payer believes the actual services performed and reported for claim payment can be represented by a different group of procedure codes. Bundling occurs when two or more submitted procedures are processed using one procedure code. Unbundling occurs when one submitted procedure code is processed and reported back as two or more procedure codes.

1.4.3.3 Claim and Service Loop Placement

The following reflects the transaction participant structure, along with the claim and service loops placement for the identified patient. See Section 1.4.2.1 - Defining the "Patient" Participant, for the definition of the patient.

Claim and Service loop placement when the patient is the subscriber or a dependent with a unique identification number.

276 Request
Information Source (2000A)
 Information Receiver (2000B)
  Service Provider (2000C)
   Subscriber (2000D)
    Claim Status Request (2200D)
     Service Status Request (2210D)

277 Response (multiple claim response)
Information Source (2000A)
 Information Receiver (2000B)
  Service Provider (2000C)
   Subscriber (2000D)
    Claim Status Response (2200D)
     Service Status Response (2220D)
    Claim Status Response (2200D)
     Service Status Response (2220D)

Claim and Service loop placement when the patient is a dependent of the subscriber. The dependent has the same identification number as the subscriber.

276 Request (multiple service requests)
Information Source (2000A)
 Information Receiver (2000B)
  Service Provider (2000C)
   Subscriber (2000D)
    Dependent (2000E)
     Claim Status Request (2200E)
      Service Status Request (2210E)
      Service Status Request (2210E)

277 Response (multiple service responses)
Information Source (2000A)
 Information Receiver (2000B)
  Service Provider (2000C)
   Subscriber (2000D)
    Dependent (2000E)
     Claim Status Response (2200E)
      Service Status Response (2220E)
      Service Status Response (2220E)

Claim and Service loop placement for multiple patient requests (batch mode) where one patient is the subscriber (A) and one or more other patients (A.1, A.2) are dependents of that subscriber (A). The dependent(s) has the same identification number as the subscriber.

276 Request
Information Source (2000A)
 Information Receiver (2000B)
  Service Provider (2000C)
   Subscriber (2000D) - A
    Requested Claim(s) Identification (2200D)
   Subscriber (2000D) - A
    Dependent (2000E) – A.1
     Claim Status Request (2200E)
      Service Status Request (2210E)
    Dependent (2000E) – A.2
     Claim Status Request (2200E)
      Service Status Request (2210E)

277 Response
Information Source (2000A)
 Information Receiver (2000B)
  Service Provider (2000C)
   Subscriber (2000D) - A
    Claim Status Response (2200D)
   Subscriber (2000D) - A
    Dependent (2000E) – A.1
     Claim Status Response (2200E)
      Service Status Response (2220E)
    Dependent (2000E) – A.2
     Claim Status Response (2200E)
      Service Status Response (2220E)

1.4.4 277 Status Information (STC) Segment Usage

The primary vehicle for the claim status information in the 277 Transaction is the Status Information (STC) Segment. The level of information returned in the STC Segment may vary from payer to payer. Payers are urged to provide the greatest level of response detail to the Information Receiver so that the data exchange is beneficial to both entities. Payers who meet the minimum required basics, defined in Section 1.4.4.1 - STC Composite and Code Use Rules, may not satisfy the receiver's need for complete and detailed status which could result in the generation of subsequent inquiries to the payer.

The STC segment contains three iterations of the Health Care Claim Status composite data element (C043) within STC01, STC10 and STC11. Multiple STC segments may be sent when needed to fully explain the claim status.

The Health Care Claim Status composite (C043) consists of four elements:

The first element in the C043 composite (C043-01) is the Health Care Claim Status Category Code (Code Source 507). The Category Code indicates the payer's current system status of the claim. This implementation guide allows the use of all Category Codes in the list, except the 'Request for Additional Information Codes' (R). The 'Request' codes apply only to the 277 Request for Additional Information Implementation Guide (see Section 1.4.6 - 277 Transaction Uses).

The second element in the C043 composite (C043-02) is either the Health Care Claim Status Code (Code Source 508) or the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes (Code Source 530). These codes provide more specific information about the claim or line item.

The third element in the C043 composite (C043-03) is the Entity Identifier Code (X12 data element 98). The Entity Identifier code is used to clarify the entity when referred to in the status message (C043-02). The code list identifies an organizational entity, a physical location, property, or an individual. A list of appropriate code values for data element 98 appears within the STC segments in Section 2.6.

The fourth element in the C043 composite (C043-04) is the Code List Qualifier Code (X12 data element 1270). This element is Situational and only used when identifying the second element of the composite (C043-02) as a National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code. When this element is used, it will contain code value 'RX' - National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Codes.

A committee of healthcare industry representatives from payer, provider and vendor organizations maintain the Health Care Claim Status Category Codes and Health Care Claim Status Codes (Code Sources 507 and 508). They are updated after each X12 Standing meeting. Version specific code additions or deactivations are noted on the code lists.

The primary distribution source is the X12 website (https://x12.org/codes). This website includes external code lists maintained by X12 and external code lists maintained by others and distributed by WPC on behalf of the maintainer. It provides a maintenance request facility that allows interested parties to request new codes, request changes to existing codes, or view the status of pending requests.

The National Council for Prescription Drug Programs (NCPDP) Reject/Payment Codes are maintained by the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs. For information on the NCPDP Reject/Payment Codes (Code Source 530) refer to Appendix A, External Code Sources.

1.4.4.1 STC Composite and Code Use Rules

The following rules apply to use of the composites and codes within the STC segment:

  • STC01 is required.
  • STC10 and STC11 are situational and provide additional status information (second and third, respectively) when needed.
  • The Status Category Code for STC10 and STC11 must be within the same Status Category Code (i.e., Acknowledgments, Pending, Finalized) as that used in STC01, but not necessarily the same Status Category Code. (For example, if STC01 uses the Category Code 'P0 - Pending: Adjudication/Details', STC10 and STC11 must use Category Codes from the 'Pending' Category Code List but not necessarily the 'P0' value.)
  • An Entity Code must be identified when the Health Care Claim Status Code or the National Council for Prescription Drug Programs Reject/Payment Code message refers to an Entity. For example the Entity Code '85 - Billing Provider' could be used when Status Code '24 - Entity not approved as an electronic submitter' is used.
  • An Entity Code may also be identified in conjunction with a Health Care Claim Status code to further clarify the status message when the code does not specifically require its use.
  • When reporting multiple statuses, payers must use discretion in choosing the appropriate Category and Status Codes to ensure business compatibility between the status messages reflected.
  • Allowable Category Codes vary per Hierarchical Levels. See Section 1.4.4.2 - Status Response Levels, for those variations.
  • The Information Source must discriminate between all of the Status Category Codes applicable to their business process. (Example - Code 'P0 - Pending: Adjudication/Details' should not be used when a claim is really in a category of 'P3 - Pending/Requested Information'.)
  • The Information Source must provide detailed status information by making use of the entire Claim Status Code list.

1.4.4.2 Status Response Levels

The STC segment is used in the 277 at various participant levels and within the claim and service loops for the patient level (subscriber or dependent). When the 277 transaction is sent, a status response is not required at all levels within the transaction.

In most instances, the Information Source must respond with status at the appropriate patient level (Subscriber or Dependent loop) of the claim, and when applicable the service level. Responses at these patient levels meet the intended business purpose of this paired transaction.

The following describes use of the various status levels.

Loop 2200B - Information Receiver
The Information Receiver status response level is Situational and provides the capability for an Information Source to reject an entire 276 transaction without having to repeat the status error at each patient level. The Information Receiver status response level has limited defined functionality and MUST NOT be used in place of providing valid claim status at a patient level. The Loop 2200B STC segment is used to report a rejected status for the entire 276 Transaction for errors at the Information Source or Information Receiver levels. Status at this level is the result of system or application availability, transaction size limitations for real-time capability or Trading Partner authorization/verification issues. When status is reported at this level, the 2000C, 2000D and 2000E hierarchical levels (children) are not used.

Only the 'D0' Category Code and 'E' Category Code types are allowed at the Information Receiver status level.

Loop 2200D or 2200E - The Claim Level
The Loop 2200D (Subscriber) or 2200E (Dependent) STC segments are used to report the payer's adjudication status that applies to the entire claim.

This implementation guide allows the use of all Category Codes in the list, except the 'Request for Additional Information Codes' (R Category Codes) at the claim level.

Loop 2220D or 2220E - The Service Level
The Loop 2220D (Subscriber) or 2220E (Dependent) STC segments are used to report the payer's adjudication status that applies to the service line.

This implementation guide allows the use of all Category Codes in the list, except the 'Request for Additional Information Codes' (R Category Codes) at the service level.

When service lines within a claim have various statuses (example both pending and finalized), a single Category Code grouping (example P or F category codes) must be reflected at the claim level and the specific statuses must be reported at the service level (2220D or 2220E).

1.4.4.3 Status Messaging for Subscriber Direct Paid Claims/Services

The 276/277 Claim Status response will return payment information in situations where providers or subscribers are paid directly and this section outlines what will be returned when that occurs. These situations may occur when the provider of service does not have a contract with the payer.

For consistency across the industry, the information returned in the 277 status in the STC Segment in Loops 2200D/E (Claim Level Status Information) must be reported as noted below. Loops 2220D/E (Service Line Level status), when reported, must be consistent with the Claim Level response.

STC01-01 – Health Care Claim Status Category Code = F4: Finalized/Adjudication Complete — No payment forthcoming — The claim/encounter has been adjudicated and no further payment is forthcoming.

STC01-02 – Health Care Claim Status Code = 6: Balance due from the subscriber.

STC05/SVC03 – Payment Amount: Report as a value of zero (0).

STC06 – Adjudication Finalized Date: Report the date the remittance cycle is complete.

1.4.5 Payer's System Status Locations

In response to a 276 request, the 277 can support responding with status for claims in the payer system locations identified in sections 1.4.5.1 through 1.4.5.3 (Pre-Adjudication, Pended and Finalized). However, a payer's response capability for claim status in those locations will vary from payer to payer, as well as their determination of when a claim is in a pended versus finalized status.

1.4.5.1 Pre-Adjudication

Payers may pre-process claims to determine whether or not to introduce them to their adjudication system. This process is performed so that incorrectly formatted claims or those that are missing information can be returned to the provider for correction. Returned claims may not have a claim number assigned by the payer.

Status for claims in this location generally use the 'Acknowledgments' (A) Category Codes.

1.4.5.2 Pended

Payers may perform various functions, such as validation editing, medical reviews, contractual requirements, request additional information, etc. within their adjudication system that may cause claims to be placed in a 'pended' or 'suspended' status. Payers usually assign a claim number to a pended claim. Claims generally remain in a 'pending' state until the payer resolves or completes validation editing, medical reviews, etc. and the claims are finalized.

Status for claims in this location generally use the 'Pending' (P) Category Codes.

1.4.5.3 Finalized

Claims that complete the adjudication process and/or remittance cycle are referred to as 'finalized' claims. The adjudication determination on finalized claims has concluded. Claims in a finalized status may include rejected, denied, approved for payment and paid.

Status for claims in this location generally use the 'Finalized' (F) Category Codes.

1.4.6 277 Transaction Uses

The Health Care Information Status Notification (277) transaction set has multiple implementation conventions to meet various business needs of the health care industry. The transaction set can be used to provide healthcare claim information in the following business scenarios:

  • X12 Health Care Claim Status Request and Response (276/277), where the 277 is a response to a request for claim status information. This function is supported in this implementation guide.
  • X12 Health Care Claim Acknowledgment (277), which is a business application response to the X12 837 claim/encounter transactions. This function is not supported in this implementation guide.
  • X12 Health Care Claim Request for Additional information (277), which is a payer's request for additional information to support a health care claim. This function is not supported in this implementation guide.
  • X12 Health Care Claim Pending Status Information (277), which is used as a listing of pended claims in a payer's system. This function is not supported in this implementation guide.

Figure 1.2 - General X12 Health Care Claim Information Flow illustrates the flow of information related to several usages of the 277. The multiple uses of the 277 claim status are differentiated by values in the ST and BHT Segments of Table 1 data. Element BHT06, in addition to the ST03 and GS08 values, is used to distinguish between these varied business functions. The various 277 - BHT06 code values are:

  • DG - Response (Health Care Claim Status Request and Response)
  • NO - Notice (Health Care Claim Pending Status Information)
  • RQ - Request (Health Care Claim Request for Additional Information)
  • TH - Receipt Acknowledgment Advice (Health Care Claim Acknowledgment)

Figure 1.2 - General X12 Health Care Claim Information Flow

General X12 Health Care Claim Information Flow

1.4.7 Predeterminations

When claim status is requested for predeterminations, a DTP segment denoting the date of service should not be included. The 276 transaction can be identified as containing requests for status on either dental or medical predeterminations via the situational data element BHT06 with qualifiers P5 (Predetermination – Medical) and P6 (Predetermination – Dental). BHT06 would not be used when requesting status for claims where the service has already been rendered.

1.4.8 Payer Claim Control Number Search and Response

Payers may use whatever Trading Partner, Provider and Member/Patient data, along with the Payer Claim Control Number, that is submitted in the 276 Request in order to perform their claim validation processes against the data within their system.

Once validation has been confirmed, when the provider submits the Payer Claim Control Number, REF Segment (Payer Claim Control Number) in either Loop ID 2200D or 2200E (Claim Status Tracking Number) of the 276 Request, the payer must attempt a match using the claim number requested and return a response for that specific claim number.

Required Responses
When the claim is found within the payer's system, the payer responds with accurate status on the specific claim requested.

When the claim is not found, the payer must return a response for the requested claim number in the 277 Response, either in Loop ID 2200D or 2200E (Claim Status Trace Number) REF Segment (Payer Claim Control Number) with the following status response in Loop ID 2200D or 2200E (Claim Status Trace Number), STC Segment (Claim Level Status Information), Data Element STC01 (Health Care Claim Status).

STC01
Category Code 'D0' - Data Search Unsuccessful - The payer is unable to return status on the requested claim(s) based on the submitted search criteria.
AND
Health Care Claim Status Code '464' - Payer Assigned Claim Control Number

Additional status codes may be reported in STC10 and STC11 (Health Care Claim Status) to identify other data related to the submitted Payer Claim Control Number that may have caused the claim not to be found within the payer's system. For example, if the payer uses the patient's last name as part of their matching or validation criteria and it did not match, status code 504 could also be used (504 - Entity's Last Name. Note: This code requires use of an Entity Code.).

Secondary Search and Response
If a specific Payer Claim Control Number is requested and found, searching for and responding with additional claims based on other data should not be performed.

If the specific Payer Claim Control Number requested is not found, payers may attempt a secondary claim search utilizing other data elements submitted on the 276 request, in order to provide status to the provider on claims with similar attributes to the other submitted data.

When a secondary search is performed and status is being returned for additional Payer Claim Control Numbers, the first occurrence of Loop ID 2200D or 2200E (Claim Status Trace Number) must contain the required response for the Payer Claim Control Number that was submitted, but not found. Subsequent 2200D or 2200E (Claim Status Trace Number) Loops would then contain status for other claims found in the payer's system that had the same or similar attributes to the data submitted in the 276.

1.5 Business Terminology

To ensure consistent use of terms, definitions, and acronyms across X12 products, X12 maintains the Wordbook, a comprehensive corporate glossary. The included terms are either proprietary to X12, cite definitions published by another authority, or represent common terms and definitions that are relevant to X12's work. The terms and definitions defined in the Wordbook are used in X12 work products when applicable, without modification or revision. The Wordbook can be referenced online at wordbook.x12.org.

1.6 Transaction Acknowledgments

The purpose of transaction acknowledgments is to report to the sender whether the transaction being acknowledged was accepted or rejected.

The X12 Technical Report Type 2, Acknowledgment Reference Model provides guidance on several control structures and transaction set standards intended to augment EDI auditing and control systems.

1.7 Related Transactions

There are one or more transactions related to the transactions described in this implementation guide.

1.7.1 The Claim (837)

Submitting a claim, whether by using the 837 or another format, is the first step in the claim status request/response process. Certain data elements (e.g., the Provider's Assigned Claim Identifier, type of bill, dates of service, insured identifier, service provider identifier, and payer's claim number when available) found on the claim help locate a claim within a payer's adjudication system. When the provider initiates a claim status request, as many of these data elements as possible should be forwarded to the payer. With the exception of the payer's claim number, the source of this information is the provider's billing system.

1.7.2 The Remittance Advice

The Remittance Advice, whether using an electronic transaction (835) or paper, provides the final adjudication details related to the payment or denial of a claim. The 277 Claim Status Response is not intended to provide the final claim adjudication details. Some remittance advice data is reflected in the 2200 STC to provide the link between the finalized claim and the remittance advice on which it was reported.

1.8 Trading Partner Agreements

Trading partner agreements are used to establish and document the relationship between trading partners. A trading partner agreement must not override the specifications in this implementation guide if a transmission is reported in GS08 to be a product of this implementation guide.

1.9 Transaction Compliance

There are three types of compliance that may be relevant to a transmitted transaction.

Compliance with implementation guide requirements

Compliance with state and federal regulation

Compliance with trading partner contractual agreements

1.9.1 Transaction Compliance with Implementation Guide Requirements

A transaction complies with X12 implementation guide requirements if the transaction satisfies all format and content rules and constraints specified in the applicable X12 standards and the implementation guide (also known as a TR3) itself.

Should additional clarification of an X12 implementation guide requirement be desired, two options are available.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that are not TR3-compliant based on its own business process.

A receiver may specify its business rules in a trading partner agreement or companion document. As stated in §1.8, these documents do not override TR3 requirements, nor change how transaction compliance with this TR3 is determined.

1.9.2 Transaction Compliance with State and Federal Regulations

This implementation guide has been developed for use as an insurance industry implementation guide. At the time of publication it has not been adopted as a state or federal standard. Should this implementation guide be adopted as a standard, the adopting authority will establish compliance dates for its use by impacted entities.

X12 is not the authority for determining compliance with regulatory requirements that might further constrain implementation guide requirements. Questions of compliance for regulatory requirements should be directed to the governing authority.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements as specified by the applicable regulation(s) or governing authority.

1.9.3 Transaction Compliance with Contractual Requirements

X12 is not the authority for determining compliance with contractual requirements that might further constrain implementation guide requirements. Questions of compliance for contractual requirements should be directed to the contracting entity.

X12 does not specify the business rules that the receiving entity must use to decide when to accept or reject a transaction. The receiver will handle transactions that do not comply with contractual requirements as specified by the applicable contract or contracting entity.

1.10 Data Overview

This section introduces the structures of the 276 and 277. Familiarity with X12 nomenclature, segments, data elements, hierarchical levels, and looping structure is recommended. For a review, see Appendix B, X12 Control and Guidance and Appendix C, EDI Control Directory.

1.10.1 Overall Data Architecture

Two formats, or views, are used to present the transaction set: the implementation view and the standard view. The intent of the implementation view is to clarify the purpose and use of the segments by restricting the view to display only those segments used with their assigned health care names. The implementation views for both the 276 and 277 are presented in the Implementation Sections 2.3.1 and 2.5.1, respectively. The standard views for both the 276 and 277 display all segments available within the transaction sets with their assigned X12 names. These views are presented in the X12 Standard Sections 2.3.2 and 2.5.2, respectively.

The 276 and 277 transaction sets are similar in structure but are not duplicates. Both transaction sets are divided into two levels, or tables, Table 1 and Table 2.

Table 1
Table 1 is named the Header Level and contains the transaction control information. This table contains the same segments, ST and BHT for both of the 276 and 277 transaction sets. The ST segment identifies the start of a transaction and the specific transaction set. The BHT identifies the transaction's business purpose and the hierarchical structure used in Table 2.

Table 2
Table 2 is named the Detail Level because it contains the detail information for the business function of the transactions. This table uses the hierarchical level structure. Each hierarchical level (HL) is a series of loops, which are identified by numbers. The hierarchical level that identifies the participant and the relationship to other participants is Loop ID-2000. The individual or entity name is contained in Loop ID-2100. Specific claim details begin with Loop ID-2200. It is at this point that the 276 and 277 transactions begin to differ in segment usage

The following are HL segment coding examples and the data element significance within the HL segments:

HL*1**20*1~ Information Source Level
HL*2*1*21*1~ Information Receiver Level
HL*3*2*19*1~ Service Provider Level
HL*4*3*22*1~ Subscriber Level
HL*5*4*23~ Dependent Level
  • HLs are sequentially numbered. The sequential number is found in HL01, which is the first data element in the HL segment.
  • The second element, HL02, indicates the sequential number of the parent hierarchical level to which this hierarchical level is subordinate. The absence of a data value in HL02, indicates it is the highest hierarchical level. In this example, the Information Source is the highest parent. The Information Receiver level is subordinate to the Information Source hierarchical level numbered 1 (HL01 = 1). The Provider Service Level is subordinate to the Information Receiver hierarchical level numbered 2 (HL01 = 2), etc.
  • The data value in data element HL03 describes the hierarchical level entity. For example, when HL03 = 20, the hierarchical level is the Information Source. When HL03 = 23, the hierarchical level is the Dependent.
  • Data element HL04 indicates whether or not child (subordinate) hierarchical levels exist. A value of "1" indicates subordinate hierarchical levels exist. A value of "0" or the absence of a data value indicates that no subordinate hierarchical levels exist.

2. Transaction Set

NOTE
See X12 documents X12.5, X12.6, and X12.59 to review transaction set structure, including descriptions of segments, levels, and loops.

2.1 Presentation Examples

The X12 standards are generic. For example, multiple trading communities use the same PER segment to specify administrative communication contacts. Each community decides which elements to use and which code values in those elements are applicable.

This implementation guide uses a format that depicts both the generalized standard and the insurance industry-specific implementation. In this implementation guide, IMPLEMENTATION specifies the requirements for this implementation. X12 STANDARD is included as a reference only.

The transaction set presentation is comprised of two main sections with subsections within the main sections:

Transaction Set Listing

There are two sub-sections under this general title. The first sub-section concerns this implementation of a generic X12 transaction set. The second sub-section concerns the generic X12 standard itself.

This section lists the levels, loops, and segments contained in this implementation. It also serves as an index to the segment detail.

This section is included as a reference.

Segment Detail

There are three sub-sections under this general title. This section repeats once for each segment used in this implementation providing segment specific detail and X12 standard detail.

This section is included as a reference.

This section is included as a reference. It provides a pictorial view of the standard and shows which elements are used in this implementation.

This section specifies the implementation details of each data element.

These illustrations (Figures 2.1 through 2.5) are examples and are not extracted from the Section 2 detail in this implementation guide. Annotated illustrations, presented below in the same order they appear in this implementation guide, describe the format of the transaction set that follows.

Figure 2.1 - Transaction Set Key - Implementation

Transaction Set Key - Implementation

Figure 2.2 - Transaction Set Key - Standard

Transaction Set Key - Standard

Figure 2.3 - Segment Key - Implementation

Segment Key - Implementation

Figure 2.4 - Segment Key - Diagram

Segment Key - Diagram

Figure 2.5 - Segment Key - Element Summary

Segment Key - Element Summary

2.2.1 Industry Usage

Industry Usage describes when loops, segments, and elements are to be sent when complying with this implementation guide. The three choices for Usage are required, not used, and situational. To avoid confusion, these are named differently than the X12 standard Condition Designators (mandatory, optional, and relational).

Required  

This loop/segment/element must always be sent.

Required segments in Situational loops only occur when the loop is used.

Required elements in Situational segments only occur when the segment is used.

Required component elements in Situational composite elements only occur when the composite element is used.

Not Used  

This element must never be sent.

Situational  

Use of this loop/segment/element varies, depending on data content and business context as described in the defining rule. The defining rule is documented in a Situational Rule attached to the item.

There are two forms of Situational Rules.

"Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver."

The data qualified by such a situational rule cannot be required, requested or rejected by the receiver when the condition is not applicable. Transmission of this data is solely at the sender's discretion when the stated condition does not apply.

"Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send."

The data qualified by such a situational rule must not be sent except as described in the explicit condition statement.

2.2.1.1 Determining Transaction Compliance with Industry Usage Requirements

A transmitted transaction complies with the governing implementation guide when it satisfies the requirements as defined within the implementation guide. Specifically, the presence or absence of an item (loop, segment, or element) complies with the industry usage specified by this implementation guide according to the following table.

Industry Usage

Business
Condition
is

Item
is

Transaction
Complies with
Implementation
Guide?

Required

N/A

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not Used

N/A

Sent

No

Not Sent

Yes

Situational (Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, may be provided at the sender's discretion, but cannot be required by the receiver.)

True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

Yes

Situational (Required when <explicit condition statement>. If not required by this implementation guide, do not send.)

True

Sent

Yes

Not Sent

No

Not True

Sent

No

Not Sent

Yes

2.2.2 Loops

Loop requirements depend on the context or location of the loop within the transaction. See Appendix B for more information on loops.

  • A nested loop can be used only when the associated higher level loop is used.
  • The usage of a loop is the same as the usage of its beginning segment.
    • If a loop's beginning segment is Required, the loop is Required and must occur at least once unless it is nested in a loop that is not being used.
    • If a loop's beginning segment is Situational, the loop is Situational.
  • Subsequent segments within a loop can be sent only when the beginning segment is used.
  • Required segments in Situational loops occur only when the loop is used.

3. Examples

Business scenario examples for use of this transaction can be found on the X12 Examples website at http://examples.x12.org. The X12 Examples website provides convenient access to examples of X12 transaction transmissions, including the data stream and a description of the associated scenario.

 

Appendix A. External Code Sources

Prior to this publication, X12 TR3s contained a subset of the overall Code Source Directory, formerly known as Appendix A of X12.3. External code lists are not part of the X12 standard and are provided for information purposes only. The full listing is available in Glass, X12's On-Line viewer.

Read more about Glass here: https://glasshelp.x12.org/.

Where an external code source is referenced in this publication, the implementer is required to use only the codes from that list. Codes must be reported as listed in the code source (e.g. with leading zeroes). Implementers must follow the instructions for code use that are supplied by the code set owner.

 

B.1.1 X12 Referenced and Related Standards

This technical report is based on the X12 EDI standard which comprises a series of interdependent publications. Implementers are advised to consult these publications when using this technical report.

The following standards are required to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • X12.5 - Interchange Control Structure
  • X12.6 - Application Control Structure

The following guideline is useful to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • Compliance in X12

The following reference model is useful to interpret, understand, and use this technical report:

  • Acknowledgment Reference Model

All of the documents above are available online using links to X12's Online Viewer.

 

B.1.1.1 Transmission Control Schematic

Refer to X12.5 - Interchange Control Structures, Section 3.5 - Order of Control Segments, and Chapter 5 Interchange Segment Specifications.

Similar transaction sets, called "functional groups," can be sent together within a transmission. Each functional group is prefaced by a group start segment; and a functional group is terminated by a group end segment. One or more functional groups are prefaced by an interchange header and followed by an interchange trailer. Figure B.1 - Transmission Control Schematic, illustrates this interchange control.

Figure B.1 - Transmission Control Schematic

Transmission Control Schematic

 

B.1.1.2 Constraints applicable to the suite of TR3s

Refer to X12.6 - Application Control Structure, Section 3.2.8 - Minimums/Maximums.

Data element minimum and maximum lengths are set by the X12 standard. This implementation guide may further restrict minimum and maximum lengths within the bounds set by the standard. Such restrictions may occur implicitly by virtue of the allowed qualifier for the data element, or they may be stated explicitly in a note attached to the element or in the general limitations below.

 

B.1.1.2.1 Maximum Length of Data Element 127 Reference Identification

The current X12 standard allows a maximum length greater than 50 characters for data element 127. For implementations governed by this implementation guide, unless another value is specified in an attached note, the maximum length of each occurrence of this data element is constrained to 50 characters.

 

B.1.1.2.2 Maximum Length of Data Element 782 Monetary Amount

For implementations governed by this implementation guide, unless another value is specified for an instance of Data Element 782 within Section 2 (Transaction Set), each occurrence of Data Element 782 (Monetary Amount) will be limited to a maximum length of 10 characters including reported or implied places for cents (implied value of 00 after the decimal point). Note that the decimal point and leading sign, if sent, are not part of the character count.

EXAMPLE

  • The following transmitted value represents the largest positive dollar amount that can be sent: 99999999.99
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing whole dollars. 99999999
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing negative dollars and cents. -99999999.99
  • The following transmitted value is the longest string of characters that can be sent representing negative whole dollars. -99999999
 

B.1.1.3 Decimal

While the X12 standard supports usage of exponential notation, this guide prohibits that usage.

Appendix D. Change Summary

This Implementation Guide (008020X329) defines the X12 requirements for the Health Care Claim Status Request and Response. It is based on version/release/subrelease 008020 of the X12 standards.